2011 Nissan Rogue

Black plate (2,1)

Model "S35-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 4

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST— THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity for off-road use. As with othervehicles with features of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or an accident.Be sure to read “On-pavement and off-road driving precautions”, “Avoiding colli-sion and rollover” and “Driving safetyprecautions” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

Foreword

Black plate (3,1)


All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.

Black plate (4,1)


XM Radio® requires subscrip-tion, sold separately. Not avail-able in Alaska, Hawaii or Guam.For more information, visitwww.xmradio.com.

*C 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Black plate (5,1)


NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

— Your name, address, and telephone number

— Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

— Date of purchase

— Current odometer reading

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name

— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Black plate (1,1)

Table ofContents

Model "S35-D" Edited: 2010/ 6/ 4

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phoneand voice recognition systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

Black plate (1,1)

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Exterior (Krom models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

QR25DE engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

0 Illustrated table of contents


Black plate (4,1)


SSI0348

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (Page 1-37)

2. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags (P.1-37)

3. Seat belts (P.1-10)

4. Head restraints (P.1-7)— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-10)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags (P.1-37)

6. Rear center seat belt (P.1-16)

7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)— Advanced air bag system (P.1-43)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-49)

10. Rear seats (P.1-6)— Child restraints (P.1-21)

11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)System (P.1-22)

12. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-34)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Black plate (5,1)


SSI0349

1. Hood (P.3-21)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights— Switch operation (P.2-31)— Bulb replacement (P.8-25)

3. Windshield wiper and washer— Switch operation (P.2-29)— Blade replacement (P.8-17)— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-47)

5. Moonroof* (P.2-50)

6. Outside mirrors (P.3-29)

7. Power windows (P.2-48)

8. Recovery hook (P.6-15)

9. License plate installation (P.9-11)

10. Fog lights*— Switch operation (P.2-36)— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

11. Tires— Wheel and tires (P.8-29, P.9-7)— Flat tire (6-2)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(P.2-13, P.5-3)

12. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-6)— Security system (P.2-26)

13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Black plate (6,1)


SSI0762

1. Lift gate (P.3-22)— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)

2. Rear view camera* (P.4-9)

3. Rear window wiper and washer— Switch operation (P.2-30)— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

4. Rear window defroster (P.2-31)

5. High-mounted stop light— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

6. Antenna (P.4-55)— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-21)

7. Sonar sensors*— Sonar system* (P.5-21)

8. Back-up light— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

9. Rear combination light— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

10. Fuel-filler door— Operation (P.3-24)— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR


Black plate (7,1)


SSI0638

For Krom models, the vehicle parts listed belowrequire special care or caution for treating. Referto additional information in each section.

1. Front bumper (P.3-23, P.6-15)

2. Aluminum alloy wheels (P.7-4)

3. Rear bumper (P.3-23, P.6-15)

4. Exhaust pipes (P.3-23, P.6-15)

EXTERIOR (Krom models)


Black plate (8,1)


SSI0351

1. Cargo cover* (P.2-45)

2. Coat hooks (P.2-46)

3. Ceiling light (P.2-53)

4. Door armrest— Power window switch (P.2-48)— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)

5. Sun visors (P.3-27)

6. Moonroof* (P.2-50)

7. Front map lights (P.2-52)

8. Sunglasses holder (P.2-42)

9. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-27)— Anti-glare adjustment* (P.3-28)— HomeLink® universal transceiver* (P.2-55)— Compass* (P.2-7)

10. Cargo area— Storages (P.2-44)— Luggage hooks (P.2-46)— Cargo light (P.2-54)— Spare tire (P.6-3)

11. Rear cup holders (P.2-41)

12. Console box (P.2-43)— Power outlet* (P.2-40)— iPod® or USB outlet connector* (P.4-37)

13. Front cup holders (P.2-41)

*: if so equipped

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


Black plate (9,1)


SSI0763

1. Side ventilator (P.4-13)

2. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch(P.2-31)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*— Audio control* (P.4-54)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control*(P.4-57)

4. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-37)— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-37)— Electric power steering system (P.5-26)

5. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-18)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-29)

8. Center ventilator (P.4-13)

9. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-36)

10. Audio system (P.4-20)/Navigation system**— Clock (P.2-39)— Rear view monitor* (P.4-9)

11. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-37)

12. Outside remote mirror control switch (P.3-29)

13. Headlight aiming control* (P.2-34)

14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch* (P.5-22)

15. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.2-38, 5-28)

17. Hood release handle (P.3-21)

18. Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-26)

19. Parking brake (P.5-17)

20. Ignition switch (P.5-9)

21. Heated seat switch* (P.2-37)

22. Power outlet (P.2-40)

23. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-13)

24. Selector lever (P.5-13)

25. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-44)

26. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster switch(P.2-31)

27. Glove box (P.2-43)

*: if so equipped

**: See a separate Navigation System Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

INSTRUMENT PANEL


Black plate (10,1)


SIC4507

1. Tachometer (P.2-4)

2. Vehicle information display (P.2-18)

3. Speedometer (P.2-3)

4. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-5)

6. switch (twin trip odometer control andbrightness control) (P.2-4, P.2-6)

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol) (P.2-18)

8. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

*: if so equipped

METERS AND GAUGES


Black plate (11,1)


SDI2127

QR25DE ENGINE1. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)

2. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

3. Air cleaner (P.8-16)

4. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

6. Engine drive belt location (P.8-15)

7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)— Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)

9. Battery (P.8-13)— Jump starting (P.6-9)

10. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


Black plate (12,1)


Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)*

2-10

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-11

Brake warning light 2-11

Charge warning light 2-12

Electric power steering warninglight

2-12

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-12

Low fuel warning light 2-12

Low tire pressure warning light 2-13

Master warning light 2-14

Seat belt warning light 2-14

Warninglight

Name Page

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-14

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)*

2-15

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-15

High beam indicator light 2-15

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-15

Overdrive off indicator light 2-16

Security indicator light 2-16

Slip indicator light 2-16

Small light indicator lights 2-16

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-17

*: if so equipped

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Black plate (4,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system


Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Three-point type seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System(LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Rear-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Rear-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Forward-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Forward-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Installing top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34

Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . 1-37NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . 1-47Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . . 1-49Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51

Black plate (16,1)


SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. See “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” later in thissection.

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or da-mages.

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Black plate (17,1)


SSS0792

FRONT SEATS

Front manual seat adjustment

Forward and backward:

Pull the lever *1 up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seat inposition.

Reclining:

To recline the seatback, pull the lever*2 up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward, pullthe lever up and lean your body forward. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section.) Also, the seatbackcan be reclined to allow occupants to rest whenthe vehicle is stopped and the transmission inthe P (Park) position with the parking brake fullyapplied.

SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Black plate (18,1)


Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait for a while, then reactivatethe switch.

. Do not operate the power seat for a longperiod of time when the engine is off. Thiswill discharge the battery.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch *1 forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch *2 backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch *2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section.) Also, the seatbackcan be reclined to allow occupants to rest when

the vehicle is stopped and the transmission inthe P (Park) position with the parking brake fullyapplied.


Black plate (19,1)


SSS1052

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Pull up or push down the adjusting switch toadjust the height of the seat.

SSS1053

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push the front*1 or back*2 end of the switchto adjust the seat lumbar area.

SSS0796

Folding front passenger’s seat (if soequipped)The front passenger’s seatback can be foldeddown. Some long objects may be loaded in thevehicle when the rear seats are also foldeddown. (See “REAR SEATS” later in this sectionfor folding rear seats.)

To fold the front passenger’s seatback, pull thereclining lever all the way *1 .

When returning the front passenger’s seatbackto a seating position, lift it up to an uprightposition. Pull the reclining lever and lean theseatback to a proper seating position. (See“Front manual seat adjustment” earlier in thissection.)


Black plate (20,1)


WARNING

. If you fold the front passenger’sseatback down to carry longer ob-jects, be sure this cargo is properlysecured and not near an air bag. In acrash, an inflating air bag mightforce that object toward a person.This could cause severe injury oreven death. Secure objects awayfrom the area in which an air bagwould inflate. See “PRECAUTIONSON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM” later in this section.

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the front passen-ger’s seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers could result in ser-ious injury in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0797

REAR SEATS

Folding

Before folding the rear seats:

. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hookson the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” laterin this section.)

. Release the connector tongue of the rearcenter seat belt from the buckle, and storethe connector and seat belt tongues into theretractor base on the ceiling. (See “Rearcenter seat belt” later in this section.)

To fold down the seatback of each rear seat, pullthe adjusting knob *A .

To return the seatback to the seating position, liftup each seatback and push it to the uprightposition until it is latched.

WARNING

. Do not use the rear seat belts whenthe buckles are stowed in the seatpockets. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rear seatarea or any objects are on the rearseats.

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper re-straints could result in serious injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-


Black plate (21,1)


cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, install and properly ad-just the head restraint before an occu-pant uses the seating position. Failureto follow these instructions can reducethe effectiveness of the head restraints.This may increase the risk of seriousinjury or death in a collision.

SSS1019

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.


Black plate (22,1)


SSS0992

Components1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS0997

AdjustmentAdjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.


Black plate (23,1)


SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

SSS0995

RemovalUse the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

SSS0996

Install1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes

in the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob *2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.


Black plate (24,1)


SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head RestraintsThe Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly asdescribed earlier in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SEAT BELTS


Black plate (25,1)


SSS0136

SSS0134

SSS0016

SSS0014


Black plate (26,1)


WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt with pretensioner

has activated, it cannot be reusedand must be replaced together withthe retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.


Black plate (27,1)


PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive serious

internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “SEATS” earlier in this

section.)

SSS0292

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

. The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.


Black plate (28,1)


SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract to

allow the driver and passengers some freedomof movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later inthis section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

Check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.


Black plate (29,1)


If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustmentThe shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE”earlier in this section.)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1 , andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position *2 , so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and downto make sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.


Black plate (30,1)


SSS0798

Seat belt hooksWhen the rear seat belts are not in use andwhen folding down the rear seats, hook the rearouter seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SSS0391

Rear center seat beltThe rear center seat belt has a connector tongue*1 and a seat belt tongue *2 . Both theconnector tongue and the seat belt tongue mustbe securely latched for proper seat belt opera-tion.

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connec-tor tongue and the seat belt tongueare secured when using the seatbelt or installing a child restraint. Donot use the seat belt or childrestraint with only the seat belttongue attached. This could resultin serious personal injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop.


Black plate (31,1)


SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue areidentified by the CENTER mark. The center seatbelt tongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SSS0799

Stowing rear center seat belt:

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue *1 so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly when thetongue is released from the connectorbuckle. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool such as key*A intothe connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first *2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base *3 .

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured


Black plate (32,1)


in the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS0800

Attaching rear center seat belt:

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when folding downthe rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base *1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base *2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks *3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seatbelts” earlier in this section.

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear


Black plate (33,1)


center seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available that can bepurchased. The extender adds approximately 8in (200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See a NISSAN dealer for assistance withpurchasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use an

extender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing childrestraints are available for children who outgrowrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to help positiona vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt may

CHILD SAFETY


Black plate (34,1)


come too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later inthis section for more information.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM” later in this section.

INFANTS

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-

mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDREN

Children that are over one year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) can be placed in a forward-facing child restraint. Refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions for minimum and maximum weightand height recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided. The seat belt may notfit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a

commercially available booster seat if theshoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or ifthe lap portion of the seat belt goes across theabdomen. The booster seat should raise thechild so that the shoulder belt is properlypositioned across the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips.A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt.The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulder beltis no longer on or near the face and neck, usethe shoulder belt without the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.


Black plate (35,1)


SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’s lap.Even the strongest adult cannotresist the forces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies show thatchildren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat. If you must

install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS” later in thissection.

— Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill achild. A rear-facing child re-straint must only be used in therear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properly inyour vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loadsfrom child restraints that areproperly fitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright as

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Black plate (36,1)


possible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while in thevehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage thevehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system. Some child restraints include rigidor webbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these anchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0801LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint.


Black plate (37,1)


LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

— Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

— Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH lower anchors. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly.

— Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

SSS0637LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.

SSS0643LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.


Black plate (38,1)


SSS0644LATCH rigid attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

SSS0802

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the floor behindthe outboard and center seating positions.

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing child restraints with the LATCHlower anchor attachments or seat belts.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.


Black plate (39,1)


SSS0648Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

SSS0649Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.


Black plate (40,1)



4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passen-


Black plate (41,1)


ger air bag and status light” later in thissection.


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“CHILD SAFETY” earlier in this section and“CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.


Black plate (42,1)



3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.


5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.


Black plate (43,1)



6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1

through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0645Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. See “Installing top tether strap” in thissection. Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have a toptether anchor.


Black plate (44,1)


SSS0646Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 3

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable headrest and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0647Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1


Black plate (45,1)


through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a childrestraint. Failure to use the ALRmode will result in the child re-straint not being properly secured.The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”later in this section.

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the rear center position,both the center seat belt connectortongue and buckle tongue must besecured. See “Rear center seat belt”earlier in this section.

SSS0640Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-

turer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “HEAD RESTRAINTS”earlier in this section for head restraintadjustment, removal and installation informa-tion.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper child restraintfit, try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.


Black plate (46,1)


SSS0360BForward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). See “IN-STALLING TOP TETHER STRAP” later inthis section. Do not install child restraintsthat require the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have a toptether anchor.


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.


Black plate (47,1)



6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2

through 8.


Black plate (48,1)



10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0802

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP

First secure the child restraint with the LATCHsystem (rear outboard seating positions only) orthe seat belt as applicable.

1. Remove the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild seat.

2. Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest instal-lation.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the

manufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

— Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

— Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

— A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt.


Black plate (49,1)


LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.


Black plate (50,1)


Booster seat installation

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhen using a booster seat with theseat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats”sections earlier in this section before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a forward-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0454Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct booster seatfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the booster seat isremoved. See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” ear-lier in this section for head restraint adjust-ment, removal and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.


Black plate (51,1)


4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “SEAT BELTS” earlier in thissection.

SSS0803

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” earlierin this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest and pelvisareas of the driver and front passenger in certainside impact collisions. The side air bags aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system: This

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


Black plate (52,1)


system can help cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side impact orrollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtainand rollover air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted. In arollover both curtain and rollover air bags aredesigned to inflate and remain inflated for ashort period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “SEAT BELTS” earlier in thissection for instructions and precautions on seatbelt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SSS0131

SSS0132


Black plate (53,1)


WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit

back against the seatback and asfar-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags as needed.Failure to properly wear seat beltscan increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-

crease the risk that they are injuredif the front air bag inflates.


Black plate (54,1)


SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Black plate (55,1)


WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain and rollover airbags inflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and childrenshould be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier inthis section for details.

SSS0059ADo not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162


Black plate (56,1)


SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rollover supple-mental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain androllover air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact or lower severityside collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain and rollover air bags aremost effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.The side air bag and curtain androllover air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rearoutboard seats to extend their handout of the window or lean againstthe door. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.


Black plate (57,1)


SSS0804

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag modules

4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag inflators

8. Lap outer pretensioners

9. Seat belt with pretensioners

10. Satellite sensors

11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel; thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityfrontal impact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, satellitesensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat beltbuckle sensors and occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision and seat beltusage for the driver. For the front passenger, theoccupant classification sensor is also monitored.


Black plate (58,1)


Based on information from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,the front passenger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, dependingon the information provided by the occupantclassification sensor. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bag willbe off). (See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” later in this section for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. Ifyou are considering modification of your vehicledue to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can help

save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0803Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.


Black plate (59,1)


Status light:

The front passenger air bag status light islocated on the instrument panel below the airconditioner controls. The light operates asfollows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The lightis OFF and the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates to indi-cate that the front passenger air bag is OFFand will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as describedbelow as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag

to certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause thesensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properly

installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensor is designed tooperate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. (See “CHILD RESTRAINTS”earlier in this section for proper use andinstallation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated


Black plate (60,1)


(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the air bag status light isnot illuminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag statuslight will take a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges area,will blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners

(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly by


Black plate (61,1)


placing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupantclassification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain androllover air bags are located in the side roof rails.These systems are designed to meet voluntaryguidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain and rollover airbags are designed to inflate in higher severity


Black plate (62,1)


side collisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. They aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. Curtain and rollover air bags are alsodesigned to inflate in certain types of rollovercollisions or near rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain androllover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtainand rollover air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the front andrear outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,side air bags and curtain and rollover air bagsmay cause abrasions or other injuries. Side airbags and curtain and rollover air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants in the outboard seating positions.Because of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain and rollover air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, these air bag modulesduring inflation. The side air bags and curtainand rollover air bags will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door

finisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain and rollover air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bag and curtain androllover air bag systems. This is toprevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain androllover air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious perso-nal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim material,


Black plate (63,1)


such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain and rollover air bagsystems should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side air bag and curtainand rollover supplemental air bagsystems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but a pretensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepretensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSANService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-tion with the front air bag system. The preten-sioner system also activates with the curtain androllover air bags in certain types of rollovercollisions or near rollovers. Working with theseat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.


Black plate (64,1)


After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

If any abnormality occurs in the pretensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittently orwill turn on for 7 seconds and remain on afterthe ignition switch has been turned to the ONposition. In this case, the pretensioner systemmay not function properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1020

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

*1 SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on the surface ofthe sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner systems. The monitored circuitsinclude Air bag Control Unit (ACU), crash zonesensor, satellite sensors, occupant classificationsystem, front air bag modules, side air bagmodules, curtain and rollover air bag modules,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,


Black plate (65,1)


the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain and rollover air bag and preten-sioner systems may not operate properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain androllover air bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-tal air bag warning light will remain illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-ment of these systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainand rollover air bags and pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCK positionwhen working under the hood or inside thevehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain and rollover air bag hasinflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, if any of thefront air bags inflate, the activatedpretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module andpretensioner system should be re-

placed by a NISSAN dealer. The airbag modules and pretensioner sys-tem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems,and pretensioner system should beinspected by a NISSAN dealer ifthere is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner, orscrap the vehicle, contact a NISSANdealer. Correct supplemental airbag and pretensioner system dis-posal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.


Black plate (7,1)

2 Instruments and controls


Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Odometer/twin trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Compass (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Zone variation change procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-10Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Indicators for operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Vehicle Security System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . 2-31Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Xenon headlights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Fog light switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Adjusting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Luggage floor box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Luggage side box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Luggage hooks (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Coat hooks (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Utility hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Roof rack (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Black plate (8,1)


Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Automatic moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Vanity mirror lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . 2-55Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . 2-57If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Black plate (68,1)


SSI0763

1. Side ventilator

2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turnsignal switch

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)— Audio control— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system control

4. Steering wheel— Horn— Driver supplemental air bag

5. Meters and gauges

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches

7. Wiper and washer switch

8. Center ventilator

9. Hazard warning flasher switch

10. Audio system— Clock— Rear view monitor (if so equipped)

11. Front passenger supplemental air bag

12. Outside remote mirror control switch

13. Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)

14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (if soequipped)

15. Fuse box cover

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

17. Hood release handle

18. Tilting steering wheel lever

19. Parking brake

20. Ignition switch

21. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

22. Power outlet

23. Heater/air conditioner control

24. Selector lever

25. Front passenger air bag status light

26. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch

27. Glove box

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Black plate (69,1)


SIC4507

1. Tachometer

2. Vehicle information display

3. Speedometer

4. Warning/indicator lights

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. switch (twin trip odometer control andbrightness control)

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol)

8. Fuel gauge

The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position. This is not a malfunction.

SIC4534

SPEEDOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) or kilometers per hour(km/h).

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Black plate (70,1)


SIC4575

ODOMETER/TWIN TRIP ODOMETER

The odometer and twin trip odometer aredisplayed on the vehicle information displaywhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

OdometerThe odometer*A records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

Twin trip odometerThe twin trip odometer*B records the distanceof 2 individual trips (Trip A and Trip B).

Changing the display:

Briefly press the switch*C to change thedisplay as follows.

Trip A ? Trip B ? Trip A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Press and hold the switch for approxi-mately 1 second to reset the selected trip (Trip Aor Trip B).

SIC4535

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone *1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.


Black plate (71,1)


SIC4513

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge *A indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge is within the zone*B shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If the gauge isover the normal range, stop the vehicleas soon as safely possible. If the engineis overheated, continued operation ofthe vehicle may seriously damage theengine. See “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATS” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for immediate action required.

SIC4511

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge *A indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters 0.

The low fuel warning light illuminates andlow fuel warning appears on the vehicleinformation display when the fuel tank is gettinglow. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reaches the empty(0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in thetank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)


Black plate (72,1)


position.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soonas possible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”later in this section.

SIC4596

SIC4508

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the headlight switch is in the or

position.

Turn the control *A to adjust the brightness ofthe meter panel and the instrument panel lights.The brightness indicator *B will be shownbriefly in the vehicle information display whenthe control is turned.

When the brightness level reaches the maximumor minimum, a beep will sound.

When the brightness level reaches the minimum,the meter panel and the instrument panel lightswill be turned off.

After the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition, the brightness indicator *B is dis-played for 30 seconds.


Black plate (73,1)


SIC3181

When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the compass display *B will indicatethe direction of the vehicle’s heading.

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can alsocalibrate the compass by driving your vehicleon your everyday route. The compass will becalibrated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

To turn on and off the compass manually, pushthe switch*A while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

COMPASS (if so equipped)


Black plate (74,1)


SIC0611BZone map

ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-DURE

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass readings.Follow these instructions to set the variance foryour particular location if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

NOTE:Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

3. Push the switch repeatedly until thenew zone number appears in the display,then release the switch. After you releasethe switch, the display will show a compassdirection within a few seconds.

. If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked at aNISSAN dealer.

. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels orwhile driving up or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct


Black plate (75,1)


compass point when the vehicle movesto an area where the geomagnetism isstabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna,etc., which are attached to thevehicle by means of a magnet. Theyaffect the operation of the compass.

. When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as it may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.


Black plate (76,1)


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)*

Low fuel warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light Overdrive off indicator light*

Master warning light Security indicator light

Brake warning light

Seat belt warning light Slip indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light Small light indicator light

Charge warning light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Electric power steering warning lightAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicatorlight (AWD models)*

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Engine oil pressure warning light High beam indicator light *: if so equipped

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” later inthis section.)

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

The light illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position. It turns off after theengine is started.

If the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system malfunc-tions, or the diameter of the front and the rear

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


Black plate (77,1)


wheels are different, the warning light will eitherremain illuminated or blink. (See “ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinkswhile driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to 2WD toprevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check that

all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires arenot worn.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. (See “BRAKE SYSTEM” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light illuminates when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight illuminates while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. (See “BRAKE FLUID” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”earlier in this section.)


Black plate (78,1)


WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightIf the light illuminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a

NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Electric power steering warninglight

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the electric power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the electricpower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the electric power steering system isoperational.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, the powerassist to the steering will cease operation butyou will still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering efforts are required tooperate the steering wheel, especially in sharpturns and at low speeds.

See “ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYS-TEM” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or illuminates during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Low fuel warning lightThis light illuminates when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0position.


Black plate (79,1)


There will be a small reserve of fuelremaining in the tank when the fuel gaugereaches E.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is turned ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if soequipped) also appears in the vehicle informa-tion display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warninglight does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to

activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if soequipped) is active as long as the low tirepressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “VEHICLE IN-FORMATION DISPLAY” later in this section,“TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionand “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emergency”section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isturned ON. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning(if so equipped) does not appear if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch turned ON, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light stays on after adjusting thetire pressure and driving over 16MPH (25 km/h), have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a


Black plate (80,1)


spare tire as soon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to install the specified sizeof tires to the front and rear.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display.

. Intelligent Key detection warning (if soequipped)

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning (if so equipped)

. Parking brake release warning

. Door open warning

. Lift gate open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning (if so equipped)

. Check tire pressure warning (if so equipped)

. Setting menu operation warning

. Intelligent Key system fault warning (if soequipped)

See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” laterin this section.

Seat belt warning light

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition

switch is turned to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For about 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systemsand/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing andyour vehicle must be taken to your nearestNISSAN dealer.


Black plate (81,1)


. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint Systems and/or the pretensioners maynot function properly.

For additional information, see “SUPPLEMEN-TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)

This light illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, and turns off within 1second.

When selecting the LOCK mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate. (See“ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status light will be litand the passenger front air bag will be OFFdepending on how the front passenger seat isbeing used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light

This light illuminates when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light illuminatessteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also illumi-nate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Checkto make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed andclosed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section.)


Black plate (82,1)


Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will illuminate inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady— An emission control system and/or CVTmalfunction has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning (if so equipped) appears in thevehicle information display. If the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive the vehicle. The

light should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicle inspectedby a NISSAN dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.

d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain illuminated.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Overdrive off indicator light (if soequipped)

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates whenthe overdrive off mode is selected.

For additional information, see ““CONTINU-OUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Security indicator light

The light blinks when the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. This functionindicates the security system equipped on thevehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, this lightwill remain on while the ignition switch is in theON position. For additional information, see“SECURITY SYSTEMS” later in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing itstraction limits. The road surface may be slippery.

Small light indicator light

The light illuminates when the headlight switch isturned to the position.

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.


Black plate (83,1)


Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

The light illuminates when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the VDC system is not operating.When the VDC off indicator light and slipindicator light illuminate with the VDC systemturned on, this light alerts the driver to the factthat the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is operat-ing, for example the VDC system may not befunctioning properly. Have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the VDC system function will becanceled but the vehicle is still driveable. Foradditional information, see “VEHICLE DYNAMICCONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the “5. Startingand driving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeThe key reminder chime sounds if the driver’sside door is opened while the key is left in theignition switch and the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. Remove the keyand take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeThe light reminder chime will sound when thedriver side door is opened with the light switchin the or position, and the ignition

switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime will sound ifthe vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop thevehicle and release the parking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeThe seat belt warning chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

Intelligent Key door buzzer (if soequipped)When the chime or buzzer sounds from insideand outside the vehicle, check for the following:

. The ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition.

. The intelligent Key is not left inside thevehicle.

. Doors are closed securely.

. The selector lever is in the P position.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check boththe vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.


Black plate (84,1)


SIC4577

1. Outside temperature

2. Clock

3. Operation indicators and warnings— Trip computer— Cruise control— Settings menu— Intelligent Key operation*

4. Odometer

5. Twin trip odometer

6. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol)

8. switch (twin trip odometer control andbrightness control)

*: if so equipped

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


Black plate (85,1)


SIC4578

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

The design of the warnings and alerts may differdepending on the model.

1. Door open warningThis warning appears if any of the doors areopen or not closed securely. The vehicle iconindicates which door is open on the display.

2. Lift gate open warningThis warning appears if the lift gate is open ornot closed securely. When the switch ispushed, the lift gate open warning turns off.

3. Loose fuel cap warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. (See “FUEL-FILLER CAP” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion.)

4. Check tire pressure warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information label. Toturn off the check tire pressure warning, push


Black plate (86,1)


the switch for about 1 second. (See “Lowtire pressure warning light” earlier in this sectionand “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

5. Low washer fluid warning (if soequipped)This light illuminates when the washer fluid is ata low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See“WINDOW WASHER FLUID” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

6. SHIFT “P” warning (if so equipped)This warning appears when the ignition switch isturned to stop the engine with the selector leverin any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

7. Steering lock malfunction indicatorThis indicator appears when the ignition switchcannot be released from the LOCK position.

If this indicator appears, turn the ignition switchagain while lightly turning the steering wheelright and left.

8. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake isapplied.

9. Intelligent Key detection warning (if soequipped)This warning appears in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

The warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:

The warning appears when the ignition switch isturned from the LOCK position and the Intelli-gent Key cannot be recognized by the system.You cannot start the engine with an unregisteredkey. Use the registered Intelligent Key.

See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section formore details.

10. Key battery discharge indicator (if soequipped)This indicator appears when the key battery isrunning out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

11. Intelligent Key system fault warning(if so equipped)

CAUTION

If the Intelligent Key system fault warn-ing comes on, it may indicate a systemmalfunction. Contact a NISSAN dealerfor repair.

For more information, see “INTELLIGENT KEYSYSTEM” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

12. Setting menu operation warningThe warning appears when you try to operatethe setting menu while driving. The setting menucan only be entered if the vehicle is stationary.

13. Low outside temperature warningThis warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 378F (38C). The warning can be set notto be displayed. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” later


Black plate (87,1)


in this section.)

14. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (0) position.

15. Driver alertThis warning appears when the previously settime for a break is reached. You can set the timefor up to 6 hours in the setting menu. (See “TRIPCOMPUTER” later in this section.)

16. Cruise control indicatorThe cruise main switch indicator (CRUISE) isdisplayed when the cruise control main switch ispushed. When the main switch is pushed again,the CRUISE indicator disappears. When theCRUISE indicator is displayed, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

The cruise control set indicator (SET) isdisplayed while the vehicle speed is controlledby the cruise control system. If the SET indicatorblinks while the engine is running, it may indicatethat the cruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

For more details, see “CRUISE CONTROL” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section.

SIC4538


Black plate (88,1)


INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE

1. Service due indicatorThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for service due, for example, forengine oil and oil filter. You can set or reset thedistance for service due. (See “TRIP COMPU-TER” later in this section.) For scheduledmaintenance items and intervals, see yourNISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.

2. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for replacing tires. You can setor reset the distance for replacing tires. (See“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. See“CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section. Many factors including tireinflation, alignment, driving habits androad conditions affect tire wear andwhen tires should be replaced. Settingthe tire replacement indicator for acertain driving distance does not meanyour tires will last that long. Use the tire

replacement indicator as a guide onlyand always perform regular tire checks.Failure to perform regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

3. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for checking or replacingmaintenance items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. Other maintenance items caninclude such things as air filter or tire rotation.You can set or reset the distance for checking orreplacing the items. (See “TRIP COMPUTER”later in this section.) For scheduled maintenanceitems and intervals, see your NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

SIC4551

TRIP COMPUTER

To operate the trip computer, use the *Aswitch.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,modes of the trip computer can be selected bypushing the switch *A briefly.

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Fuel Economy ? Average speed ? Drivingdistance ? Elapsed time ? Range (distance toempty) (dte) ? Settings

. When the switch *A is pushed andheld for less than 3 seconds, the selected


Black plate (89,1)


item can be reset except for “Range”,“Current fuel consumption” and “Settings”.

. When the switch *A is pushed andheld for more than 3 seconds, all the itemson the display can be reset except for“Current fuel consumption”, “Settings”,“Range” and “Trip A”.

SIC4541Example*

*: The display unit can be converted or variesdepending on the vehicle.

1. Fuel Economy (MPG, l/100 km)The Fuel Economy mode shows the current andaverage fuel consumption.

Current fuel consumption:

The current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption by a moving bar graph.

Average fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode shows the


Black plate (90,1)


average fuel consumption by the value above thebar graph, the position of the diamond icon andthe value of f since the last reset. Resetting theaverage fuel consumption is done by pushingand holding the switch *A for less than 3seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 0.3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “----”.

2. Average speed (MPH or km/h)The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting isdone by pushing and holding the switch*B for less than 3 seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Forthe first 30 seconds after a reset, the displayshows “----”.

3. Driving Distance (miles or km)The Driving Distance mode shows the distancedriven since the last reset. The driving distancecan be reset by pushing and holding theswitch *A for less than 3 seconds.

4. Elapsed time

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing and holding the switch *A for

less than 3 seconds.

5. Range (distance to empty) (dte —miles or km)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “----”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch isturned to the “OFF” position may continue tobe displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

SIC4542

6. SettingsSetting cannot be made while driving.

The switch *A is used to select and setthe item.

Turn the *A switch to select or adjust andpush to set.

Clock:

Clock adjustment can be set on this menu.

. Set Clock

Adjust the time (hour and minute) of theclock.


Black plate (91,1)


. [On] or [Off]

Select this submenu to set the clock displayOn or Off.

. [24/12 Hr]

Select this submenu to set the 12h/24h timedisplay mode.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,select “BACK”.

The time display may be different from the oneon the audio display.

Units:

The units can be set for the following items onthis menu.

. Temperature

. Distance/Fuel


Maintenance:

The maintenance intervals of the following itemscan be set or reset for the reminders.

. SERVICE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for service due.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for items other than the itemsdescribed above.


Alarms:

Alarms menu can be set to notify the followingitems.

. Driver Alert

Select this submenu to set the driver alertperiod.

. Low Temp

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.


Language:

Select the submenu to set the desired languageof the display.

Factory:

Select the submenu to reset the factory settingsof the display.

NOTE:

When resetting Factory, all previous set-tings made are changed to default.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator indicates the selector leverposition when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.


Black plate (92,1)


SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,however, a motion detection type system thatactivates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,and always lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle security system1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key if it is inserted.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doorscan be locked with:

. the lock button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key (if so equipped)

. any request switch (Intelligent Keyequipped model)

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Black plate (93,1)


. the power door lock switch

. the key — master or mechanical (In-telligent Key equipped model)

4. Confirm that the security indicator lightilluminates. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch isturned to the ACC or ON position, thesystem will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors locked with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. When turningthe ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However, the

alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) therequest switch (if so equipped) or the key.(Even if the door is opened by releasing thedoor inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key, pushing the request switch orusing the key. The alarm will not stop if theignition switch is turned to the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredkey, it may be due to interference caused byanother registered key, an automated toll road

device or automated payment device on the keyring. Restart the engine using the followingprocedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered key on a separate key ring to avoidinterference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired


Black plate (94,1)


operation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTYRESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was inthe LOCK position. This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

service as soon as possible. Please bringall registered keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.


Black plate (95,1)


WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

SIC2821

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *A(Slower) or *B (Faster).

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate several

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Black plate (96,1)


times.WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window with the defrosterbefore you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice that ison and around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch on againto operate the wiper.

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


Black plate (97,1)


SIC3480

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

SIC3481

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch on. The indicator light *1will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turn

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Black plate (98,1)


off the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal).

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.

SIC2412A

Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off theheadlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you turn the ignition switch to OFFand open any door then close all the doors.


Black plate (99,1)


SAA1755

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor *1 located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

SIC4565Type A

SIC4566Type B

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.


Black plate (100,1)


SIC3484

Headlight beam select

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the head-light switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver system. When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch

has been turned to the OFF position.

. When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

SIC2275

Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlightaxis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle istraveling on a hilly road, the headlights maydirectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicleahead or the windshield of the oncomingvehicle. The light axis can be lowered with theoperation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on the switch,the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.


Black plate (101,1)


WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or thewindshield of oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may havedifficulty driving because of the bright-ness. Use the headlight aiming controlswitch to lower the light axis. See“XENON HEADLIGHTS” earlier in thissection for additional information.

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC3488

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

*1 Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.


Black plate (102,1)


SIC3020

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

When the headlight high-beam is selected, thefog lights turn off.

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazardto other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH


Black plate (103,1)


SIC3404

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inthose body parts in contact with theseat. Use of the seat heater by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Black plate (104,1)


SIC3355

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center console canbe operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side ofthe switch.

*2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side ofthe switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3 willilluminate when low or high is selected.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure the indicator

light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

SSD1153

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VEHICLEDYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH


Black plate (105,1)


SIC4131Type A

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

For the vehicle information display setting, see“TRIP COMPUTER” earlier in this section.

Type APush the CLOCK button*1 to turn the clock onor off.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button *1 untilthe clock display starts to flash.

2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button*2 to adjustthe hours.

3. Push the TUNE/FF·REW button *3 toadjust the minutes.

4. Push the CLOCK button *1 again to exitthe clock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 5 seconds.

SIC4275Type B

Type BPush the ENTER SETTING button *1 until“Setting Clock” and “On-screen Clock” appearon the display. Then turn the TUNE/SCROLLknob *2 to turn the clock on or off.

1. Push the ENTER SETTING button *1 until“Setting Clock” and “Clock Adjust” appearon the display.

2. Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob*2 to adjustthe hour.

3. Push the ENTER SETTING button *1 .

4. Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob*2 to adjustthe minute.

CLOCK


Black plate (106,1)


5. Push the ENTER SETTING button *1 .

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 5 seconds.

Models with navigation systemSee “CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — COLORSCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” in the“4. Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems” section.

SIC3492Instrument panel

SIC3493Center console (if so equipped)

The power outlet is located in the instrumentpanel and the center console (if so equipped).

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water to

POWER OUTLET


Black plate (107,1)


contact the outlet. CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3494Front

The flap*A will be folded down when insertinga large container.

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up asillustrated *1 .

STORAGE


Black plate (108,1)


SIC3495Rear

To open the cup holder, pull the lid.

SIC3496

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in

direct sunlight. The heat may da-mage the glasses.


Black plate (109,1)


SIC3497

SIC3498

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle.

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.The glove box light illuminates when the head-light switch is turned on.

*A Card holder

*B Back side pocket of lid

*C Removable partition (if so equipped)

To remove the partition, pull it out.

SIC3499

CONSOLE BOX

To open the console boxes, push up the knob*A and pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until latched.

To remove the inner box (if so equipped) forcleaning or storing a large object, pull it up asillustrated *B .

The inside of the console box lid is designed tobe used as a card holder *C and pen holders*D .


Black plate (110,1)


SIC4530Type A

SIC3514Type B

LUGGAGE FLOOR BOX (if soequipped)

Type A: To open the luggage floor box, push*A . To close, push the lid until the lock latches.

The net partitions can be folded to make a largerstorage space.

CAUTION

To avoid damage, do not load morethan 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into theluggage floor box.

Type B: To open the luggage floor box, pull thehandle*B on the lid. To close, push the lid untilthe lock latches.

The luggage floor box needs to be removedwhen you need a spare tire. (See “FLAT TIRE” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.)

SIC4267

LUGGAGE SIDE BOX

To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.


Black plate (111,1)


SIC3503

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargoarea hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang bothsides on the hooks *1 .

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from thehooks and hold until it is retracted.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover andpull the holder to the opposite side *2 .

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Close the cargo cover when foldingthe rear seat.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. If the cargo cover contacts the toptether strap when it is attached tothe top tether anchor, remove thecargo cover from the vehicle orsecure it on the cargo floor below

its attachment location. If the cargocover is not removed, it may da-mage the top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be ser-iously injured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint top tether strapis damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or thatcontacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strap duringa collision. Your child could beseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.


Black plate (112,1)


SIC3504

LUGGAGE HOOKS (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Always make sure that the luggageis properly secured. Use the suitable

ropes and hooks.

. Unsecured luggage can becomedangerous in an accident or suddenstop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) *A or 7 lb (3 kg) *B to asingle hook.

SIC4550

COAT HOOKS (if so equipped)

The coat hooks are equipped above the rearwindow.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 2lb (1 kg) to a single hook.


Black plate (113,1)


SIC3506

UTILITY HOOK

To use the utility hook on the seatback, pull it.

CAUTION

. Do not apply a total load of morethan 6 lb (3 kg) to the hook.

. Do not use the utility hook to pullthe seatback to the upright andlocked position. Doing so will causethe utility hook to break.

SIC3549

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

Secure the crossbars to the roof rail beforeloading. The crossbars are available from aNISSAN dealer.

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roofrack. Do not load more than 99 lb (45 kg). Becareful that your vehicle does not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or itsGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front andrear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-cated on the driver’s door pillar). For moreinformation regarding GVWR and GAWR, see“VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information” section.

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-cle is loaded at or near the cargocarrying capacity, especially if thesignificant portion of that load iscarried on the roof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during sud-den or unusual handling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rackload weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removingitems from the roof rack. If you cannotcomfortably lift the items onto the roofrack from the ground, use a ladder or


Black plate (114,1)


stool. POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

SIC3507

Main power window switch (driver’sside)1. Window lock button

2. Driver side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Front passenger side window

5. Rear right passenger side window

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.

WINDOWS


Black plate (115,1)


Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3508

Passenger side power window switchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC3509

Automatic operation (if so equipped)The automatic operation is available for theswitch that has an mark on its surface.

Type A: To fully open or close the window, pushdown or pull up the switch to the second detentand release it; the switch need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or close all theway. To stop the window, just push or lift theswitch in the opposite direction.

Type B: To fully open the window, push downthe switch to the second detent and release it;the switch need not be held. The window willautomatically open all the way. To stop thewindow, just lift the switch. To fully close thewindow, push and hold the switch.


Black plate (116,1)


A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto-reverse function (if so equipped)

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turnedto the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close automaticallyIf the power window automatic function (closing

only) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surrounding area.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOF

The moonroof only operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turnedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door or thepassenger’s door is opened during this period of

MOONROOF (if so equipped)


Black plate (117,1)


about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof iscanceled.

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automatically when themoonroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

SIC3510

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, push theswitch toward *1 or *2 and releaseit; it need not be held. The roof will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the roof, pushthe switch in any direction while it is opening orclosing.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing theswitch toward *2 . Push the switch toward

*2 again and release it; it need not beheld. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switchtoward *1 .

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe moonroof when it is closing, the moonroofwill be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor about 45 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the OFF position.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automaticallywhen the auto reverse function activates due toa malfunction, push and hold the switch toward

*2 .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.


Black plate (118,1)


If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the switch toward*2 .

2. Push and hold the switch toward *2to tilt the moonroof up.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch toward *1to fully tilt the moonroof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC3511

MAP LIGHTS

Push the light lens to turn the map light on or off.

INTERIOR LIGHTS


Black plate (119,1)


SIC3512

The map light control switch has three positions:ON *1 , DOOR *2 and OFF *3 .

The light *4 (if so equipped) will illuminatewhen the headlight switch is turned to theor position.

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position *1 , themap lights will illuminate.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position *2 ,the map lights will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is turned to the LOCK

position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlockbutton (on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)or the request switch (Intelligent Key systemequipped model), with the ignition switch inthe LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

The lights will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position*3 , themap lights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

SIC3513

CEILING LIGHT

The ceiling light switch has three positions: ON,DOOR and OFF.

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position *1 , theceiling light will illuminate.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position *2 ,the ceiling light will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition

— remain on for about 15 seconds.Instruments and controls 2-53

Black plate (120,1)


. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlockbutton (on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)or the request switch (Intelligent Key systemequipped model), with the ignition switch inthe LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

The light will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position*3 , theceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

SIC2131A

When the switch is in the ON position *1 , thelight illuminates while the lift gate is opened.When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position*2 , thelight will turn off.

The light will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS (if soequipped) CARGO LIGHT


Black plate (121,1)


HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver isprogrammed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, see “PRO-GRAMMING HomeLink®” later in this sec-tion.

WARNING

. Do not use HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and

reverse features as required byfederal safety standards. (Thesestandards became effective foropener models manufactured afterApril 1, 1982.) A garage door openerwhich cannot detect an object in thepath of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

. During programming procedure,your garage door or security gatemay open or close. Make sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after

1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


Black plate (122,1)


SIC3182

1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer Home-Link® buttons (to clear the memory) until theindicator light*A blinks (after 20 seconds).Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1-3 inches away from the HomeLink® sur-face.

SIC3183

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push andhold both the HomeLink® button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitterbutton.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This couldtake up to 90 seconds. When the indicatorlight blinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light indicatessuccessful programming. To activate thegarage door or other programmed device,push and hold the programmed HomeLink®

button - releasing when the device begins to

activate.

5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to train Home-Link®, completing the programming mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Push and release the program buttonlocated on the garage door opener’s motorto activate the “training mode”. This button isusually located near the antenna wire thathangs down from the motor. If the wireoriginates from under a light lens, you willneed to remove the lens to access thetraining button.

NOTE:Once you have pushed and releasedthe training button on the garage dooropener’s motor and the “training light”is lit, you have 30 seconds in which toperform step 7. For convenience, usethe help of a second person to assistwhen performing this step.

7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing andreleasing the garage door opener trainingbutton) and firmly push and release theHomeLink® button you’ve just programmed.Push and release the HomeLink® button up


Black plate (123,1)


to three times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink® button should now beprogrammed. To program the remainingHomeLink® buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to“clear” all previously programmed Home-Link® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA-NADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans-mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and holdthe HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink®”) while youpush and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicatorlight flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device during

the “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-SAL TRANSCEIVER

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply push theappropriate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-SIS

If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from the Home-Link® surface.

. push and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not

programmed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (in approximately 20seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button, complete the following.

1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.


Black plate (124,1)


4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button hasnow been reprogrammed. The new device canbe activated by pushing the HomeLink® buttonthat was just programmed. This procedure willnot affect any other programmed HomeLink®

buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Black plate (125,1)


MEMO


Black plate (126,1)


MEMO


Black plate (10,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments


Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Intelligent Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15How to use remote keyless entry function . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Bumpers and exhaust pipes (Krom models) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Opening the fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Black plate (128,1)


A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2405

1. Master key (2)

2. Key number plate (1)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM KEYS

Your vehicle can only be driven with the masterkeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer can

duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keyscan be used with one vehicle. You should bringall the registered keys that you have to aNISSAN dealer for registration. This is becausethe registration process will erase the memory ofall key codes previously registered into theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After theregistration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System during registration. Any keythat is not given to your dealer at the time ofregistration will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, which containsan electrical transponder, to come incontact with salt water. This couldcause the system to malfunction.

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Black plate (129,1)


SPA2406

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped)

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment and personal computers.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors. (See “DOORS” later in this section.)

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Black plate (130,1)


WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.


SPA2394

LOCKING WITH KEY

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle*1 will lock all doors andthe lift gate.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle *2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position, turning it to the rear againwithin 5 seconds will unlock all doors andthe lift gate.

SPA1814

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

DOORS


Black plate (131,1)


SPA2300

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe key in the ignition switch or the IntelligentKey in the vehicle and any door open, all doorswill lock and unlock automatically.

This function helps to prevent the keys frombeing accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

. All doors lock automatically when the vehiclespeed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lock switch tothe position (UNLOCK) for more than 5seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Tounlock the door manually, use the inside lockknob or the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side).


Black plate (132,1)


SPA2037

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety rear door locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition *2 .

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (includingthe lift gate), and activate the panic alarm byusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfobs, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The keyfob will not function:

. When the keyfob is not within the opera-tional range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the key is in the ignition switch.

. When the battery is discharged.

WARNING

The remote keyless entry keyfob trans-mits radio waves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the keyfob while on an air-

plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when the unitis stored during a flight.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the keyfob.

. Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

. Do not drop the keyfob.

. Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

. Do not place the keyfob for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, please contact aNISSAN dealer.

If the indicator light on the keyfob does notilluminate when pushing the buttons, the keyfobbattery may be discharged.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)


Black plate (133,1)


For information regarding the replacement of abattery, see “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

SPA2416

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on thekeyfob.

4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton is pushed even though a door

remains open.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

. When the LOCK button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as areminder that the doors are already locked.

. Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on the

keyfob.

. The driver’s door unlocks.

. The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

2. Push the UNLOCK button again within5 seconds.

. All the doors and the lift gate unlock.

. The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute of pushing the UNLOCK button.

. Any door or lift gate is opened.

. The ignition switch is turned to the ONPre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Black plate (134,1)


position.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on thekeyfob for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

. It has run for 25 seconds, or

. Any of the buttons on the keyfob ispushed. (Note: the PANIC button mustbe pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switchto hazard indicator only mode by following theswitching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCK buttonis pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.


Black plate (135,1)


Mode (Pushing the or button) DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Hazard indicator and horn modeHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK

*2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneouslyfor more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once.


Black plate (136,1)


WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote controller functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal

computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional IntelligentKeys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)


Black plate (137,1)


water or salt water. This could affectthe system function.



. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.



. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. Forinformation about disabling the Intelligent Keyfunction, contact a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (138,1)


SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch *1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the request

switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors including the liftgate.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.


Black plate (139,1)


. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2409

SPA2410


Black plate (140,1)


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s) *A or lift gate request switch *B withinthe range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”later in this section.

Locking doors1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK

position.*1

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.*2

4. Push the door handle request switch (dri-ver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the liftgate request switch *B while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.*3

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the request switch whilethe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

*2: Doors will not lock with the request switch

while any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock with the request switchwhen the Intelligent Key is left inside thevehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors1. Push the door handle request switch*A or

the lift gate request switch *B whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once. The correspondingdoor or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 5seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once again. All the doorsand the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked.

. Opening any doors.

. Pushing the ignition switch.

. Inserting the mechanical key into the ignitionswitch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all

doors will be locked automatically after another1 minute.

WARNING SIGNALS

The Intelligent Key system is equipped with afunction that is designed to minimize improperoperations and to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen. The warning buzzer sounds andthe warning display appears on the vehicleinformation display when improper operationsare detected.

CAUTION

When the buzzer sounds and the warn-ing display appears, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.


Black plate (141,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the request switchThe outside buzzer sounds for approximately 2seconds.

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicleand push the request switch.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and push the request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

Close all the doors securely and push therequest switch while carrying the IntelligentKey with you.

When closing the doors

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately10 seconds.

The ignition switch is not turned to theLOCK position.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

The Intelligent Key detection warning appearson the display and the outside buzzer sounds 3times.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 3seconds and all doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key has been left in thevehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key from the vehicleand close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is not in the LOCKposition, or the mechanical key isinserted into the ignition switch.


Remove the mechanical key from the igni-tion switch.

When stopping the engine The SHIFT “P” warning appears on the display.The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is not turned to theLOCK position.


When starting the engineThe key battery discharge indicator appears onthe display.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery with a new one. (See“BATTERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)


Black plate (142,1)


Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key detection warning appearson the display.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key.


Black plate (143,1)


HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY FUNCTION

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.



. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.



. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function can operateall door locks using the remote keyless entryfunction of the Intelligent Key. The remotekeyless entry function can operate at a distanceof approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The operating distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

The remote keyless entry function will notoperate:

. When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

The remote keyless entry function can alsooperate the vehicle alarm.


Black plate (144,1)


SPA2252

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”later in this section.

Locking doors1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK

position.*1

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.*2

4. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key whilethe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open.

Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on the

Intelligent Key.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button again within5 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All thedoors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK buttonwhile the doors are locked.

. Opening any doors.

. Pushing the ignition switch.

. Inserting the mechanical key into the ignitionswitch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, all doors will be locked

automatically after another 1 minute.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

. It has run for 25 seconds, or

. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Keyis pushed. (Note: PANIC button must bepushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazard


Black plate (145,1)


indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor lift gate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pushing or buttonHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor lift gate request switch

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Pushing or button HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


Black plate (146,1)


Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK

*2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-neously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once.


Black plate (147,1)


WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

SPA2412

When opening the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handle *1 locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever*2 up at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood.

4. Remove the support rod from the hood andinsert it into the slot *3 .

Hold the coated part*A when removing orresetting the support rod. Avoid directcontact with the metal parts, as they maybe hot immediately after the engine has

been stopped.

When closing the hood:

1. Return the support rod to its originalposition.

2. Slowly move the hood down to latch thelock.

3. Push the hood down to lock the hoodsecurely into place.

HOOD


Black plate (148,1)


WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “EXHAUST GAS (carbon mon-oxide)” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the lift gate.

SPA2413

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push theopener switch *A . Pull up the lift gate to open.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

— pushing the unlock button on thekeyfob or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped)twice.

— pushing the lift gate request switch (if soequipped).

— pushing the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

— inserting the key into the driver’s door keycylinder and turning it to the rear of thevehicle twice.

To close the lift gate, pull down until it securelylocks.

LIFT GATE


Black plate (149,1)


SPA2414

LIFT GATE RELEASE

If the lift gate cannot be opened due to adischarged battery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate witha suitable tool.

2. Move the lever toward the direction *A asillustrated to open the lift gate.

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2713

The Krom models have unique front and rearbumpers and exhaust pipes. These parts areclose to the ground and may be damaged if theycontact objects such as curbs, parking blocks,etc.

CAUTION

Reduce vehicle speed to decrease thepossibility of damaging these partswhen:

. driving on bumpy or rutted roads

. entering or exiting parking garagesand driveways

. driving over speed bumps.

BUMPERS AND EXHAUST PIPES(Krom models)


Black plate (150,1)


SPA2714

CAUTION

The approach and departure angles aresmall. Reduce vehicle speed when thevehicle approaches or leaves a steephill. Otherwise, the front bumper, rearbumper or exhaust pipes may contactthe road surface and be damaged.

SPA2415

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

To open the fuel-filler door, pull the left side ofthe door.

SPA2338

FUEL-FILLER CAP

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder *Awhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until itclicks. The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


Black plate (151,1)


WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until thefuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-en the fuel-filler cap properly maycause the malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) to illuminate. If the

light illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-er.

For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning (if soequipped) will appear if the fuel-filler cap is not properly tightened.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly after the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning (if so equipped) appearsmay cause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.


Black plate (152,1)


SPA2807

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning (if soequipped)The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the vehiclehas been refueled. To turn off the warning,perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. (See “FUEL-FILLER CAP”.)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the switch *A for about 1second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning after tightening the fuel cap.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2383

TILT OPERATION

Pull the lock lever down *1 and adjust thesteering wheel up or down *2 to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever up *3 securely to lock thesteering wheel in place. A clicking noise may beheard when the lever is moved to the lockposition.

STEERING WHEEL


Black plate (153,1)


SIC2872

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor *1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the center mount and swing it tothe side *2 .

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRROR

Adjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeThe night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

SUN VISORS MIRRORS


Black plate (154,1)


Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

SPA2422

Type A:

When the system is turned on, the indicator light*A will illuminate and excessive glare from theheadlights of the vehicle behind you will bereduced.

Push the switch *B to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally and the indi-cator light will turn off. Push the switchagain to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *C or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensors, resulting in improperoperation.

For the compass operation, see “COMPASS” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-tion, see “HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI-VER” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.


Black plate (155,1)


SPA2162A

Type B:

When the system is turned on, the indicator light*A will illuminate and excessive glare from theheadlights of the vehicle behind you will bereduced.

Push the switch*B for 3 seconds to makethe inside mirror operate normally and theindicator light will turn off. Push the switchagain for 3 seconds to turn the system on.

Do not hang any objects on the mirror orapply glass cleaner. Doing so will reducethe sensitivity of the sensor *C , resultingin improper operation.

SPA1390

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is located onthe left side of the instrument panel.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right orleft side mirror, then adjust using the controlswitch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)The outside mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defroster switch is operated.


Black plate (156,1)


SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.


Black plate (13,1)

4 Center display, heater, air conditioner,audio, phone and voice recognition systems


Safety note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Control panel buttons — color screen withnavigation system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

How to use touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3How to use the back button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to use brightness control and display ON/OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to use the setup button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

RearView monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10How to adjust the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Side ventilators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Manual air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Automatic air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) . . . . . . 4-20

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player . . . . . 4-33FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)player (Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)player (Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46iPod® player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . 4-53Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

Black plate (160,1)


WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake to viewthe images on the front center dis-play screen using devices connectedto the auxiliary input jacks.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

SAA3377

1. (brightness control) button

2. Display screen

3. MAP button*

4. NAV button*

5. TRAF button*

6. SETUP button (P.4-5)

7. BACK button

8. TUNE/SCROLL knob

9. Power button/Volume control knob

*For Navigation system control buttons, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

SAFETY NOTECONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)

4-2 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Black plate (161,1)


When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will discharge the battery, and theengine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to akey shown only on the display. These keys canbe selected by touching the screen.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass breaks, do not touch the liquidcrystalline material, which containsa small amount of mercury. In caseof contact with skin, wash immedi-ately with soap and water.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is ne-cessary, use a small amount ofneutral detergent with a soft cloth.Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,benzine, thinner or any kind of

solvent or paper towel with a che-mical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannotbe operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted,you could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SAA3386

Touch screen operation

Selecting the item:

Touch an item to select. For example, to selectthe “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key *1 onthe screen.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

Black plate (162,1)


SAA3387

Adjusting the item:

For screens where an item can be adjustedincrementally, such as when adjusting the bassand treble for the audio system, touch the “+”key*1 or the “−” key*2 to adjust the settingsof an item.

When there are more items than can bedisplayed on one screen, touch the up arrow*3 to scroll up the page or touch the downarrow *4 to scroll down the page.

SAA3388

Other items are adjusted by selecting one of aset number of conditions. For example, theDisplay Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch theitem *1 . The item will cycle through theavailable settings and the red indicator lightsto the left of the setting condition *2 will comeon or turn off accordingly.

SAA3389

Inputting characters:

Touch the letter key *1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. 123/ABC:

Changes the available character set tonumbers.

. Space:

Inserts a space.

. Delete:

Deletes the last inputted character with one


Black plate (163,1)


touch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key todelete all of the characters.

. OK:

Completes the character input.

Touch screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipethe screen.

HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON

Push the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

To change the display brightness, push thebutton. Pushing the button again will change thedisplay to the day or the night display.

If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,the display will return to the previous display.

Push and hold the button for more than twoseconds to turn the display off. Push the buttonagain to turn the display on.

SAA3390

HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON

When the SETUP button is pushed, the Setupscreen will appear on the display. You can selectand/or adjust several functions, features andmodes that are available for your vehicle.

SAA3396

Audio setupPush the AUDIO button to adjust the followingitems to the desired setting:

Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade:

Controls the sound of the audio system. Balanceadjusts the sound between the left and rightspeakers. Fade adjusts the sound between thefront and rear speakers.


Black plate (164,1)


SAA3397

Speed Volume:

Controls the level to which the volume isadjusted as the vehicle’s driving speed changes.Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0to disable the feature entirely.

AUX Level:

Controls the volume level of incoming soundwhen an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. Available options are Quiet, Mediumand Loud.

Navigation setupRefer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.

XM setupFor XM setup, refer to “AUDIO SYSTEM” later inthis section.

SAA3391

System setupSelect the “System” key to select and/or adjustvarious functions of the system. A screen withadditional options will appear.


Black plate (165,1)


SAA3392

Display:

Select the “Display” key to adjust the appear-ance of the display. The following settings canbe adjusted:

. Brightness:

The brightness of the display can be set to VeryBright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touchthe “Brightness” key to cycle through theoptions.

. Display Mode:

The display can be adjusted to fit the level oflighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”key to cycle through the options. “Day” and

“Night” modes are suited for the respectivetimes of day, while “Automatic” controls thedisplay automatically.

. Scroll Direction:

The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.Choose either “up” or “down”.

SAA3393

Clock:

Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and theappearance of the clock on the display. Thefollowing settings can be adjusted:

. Time Format:

The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.

. Use GPS Clock:

When this setting is activated, the clock is setand continually updated via the GPS used bythe Navigation System.

. Set Clock Manually:

When this setting is activated, the clock can be


Black plate (166,1)


set manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjustthe hours and minutes up or down.

. Daylight Savings Time:

When this setting is activated, daylight savingstime is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time”key to toggle the setting on or off.

. Time Zone:

Choose the applicable time zone from the list.

SAA3395

Language:

Select the “Language” key to adjust thelanguage used by the system. The languagecan be set to English, Francais or Espanol.

Touch click:

Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touchclick feature on or off. When activated, a clicksound will be heard every time a key on thescreen is touched.

Beep tones:

Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beeptones feature on or off. When activated, a beepsound will be heard every time a key on the

screen is touched.

Reset all settings/memory:

Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key toreturn all settings to default and to clear thememory.

Traffic setupRefer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.


Black plate (167,1)


When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display showsthe view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver indetecting large stationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper and may notdetect objects close to the bumper or on theground.

WARNING

. The rear view camera is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper backing up. Always turn andcheck that it is safe to do so beforebacking up. Always back up slowly.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually opposite thanwhen viewed in the rear view andoutside mirrors.

. Make sure that the back door issecurely closed when backing up.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitor

because of its monitoring rangelimitation.

. Do not put anything on the rear viewcamera.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure not tospray it around the camera. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electricshock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA2776

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thebumper line *A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)


Black plate (168,1)


Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

The distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.The distance viewed on the monitor is forreference only and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.

SAA1978

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) tothe place *A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that

any object on the hill is viewed in the monitorfurther than it appears.


Black plate (169,1)


SAA3440

Backing up near a projecting objectThe vehicle may seem to nearly clear the objectin the display. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

SAA3475

Backing up behind a projecting objectThe position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position *A ifthe object projects over the actual backing up

course.


Black plate (170,1)


SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) tothe place *A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that

any object on the hill is viewed in the monitorcloser than it appears.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN

To adjust the Brightness and Contrast of theRearView Monitor, push the SETUP button untilthe desired mode is displayed with the RearViewMonitor on, and turn the TUNE control dial toadjust the brightness and contrast of the screento the preferred level.

OPERATING TIPS

. When the selector lever is shifted to the R(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-matically changes to the RearView Monitormode. However, the radio can be heard.

. It may take some time until the RearViewMonitor or the normal screen is displayedafter the selector lever has been shifted to Rfrom another position or to another positionfrom R. Objects may be distorted momenta-rily until the RearView Monitor screen isdisplayed completely.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects. This is not a malfunction.

. When strong light directly enters the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.This is not a malfunction.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from those ofthe actual object.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark place or at night. This is not amalfunction.

. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-play objects. Clean the camera.

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted withwater.


Black plate (171,1)


SAA1775

SIDE VENTILATORS

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators as illustrated.

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and airconditioner system.

VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER


Black plate (172,1)


SAA1776

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER1. Fan speed control dial

2. Temperature control dial

3. Air flow control dial

4. Air recirculation button

5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button

6. Rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS-TER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan speed control dial to the OFF position.

Controls

Outside air circulation:

Push the air recirculation button to turn off theindicator light on the button. The air flow isdrawn from outside the vehicle.

Air recirculation:

Push the air recirculation button to turn on theindicator light on the button. The air flow iscirculated inside the vehicle.

Air flow control:

Turn the air flow control dial to change the airflow mode.

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators with maximum cooling (airconditioning). (The air recirculation

and A/C will be automaticallyturned on.)

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

— Air flows from the defroster and footoutlets.

— Air flows mainly from the defrosteroutlets.

. You can also select the middle positionbetween and or betweenand .

. When the , or position isselected, the air recirculation modecannot be turned on to prevent the windowsfrom being fogged up.

Fan speed control:

Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise(HI) to increase the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial counter-clockwise (LO) to decrease the fan speed.


Black plate (173,1)


A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:

Push the A/C button to turn on or off the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on, theA/C indicator light on the button illuminates.

Temperature control:

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature. Turn the dial between themiddle and the right position to select the hottemperature. Turn the dial between the middleand the left position to select the cool tempera-ture.

Heater operation

Heating:

This mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets.

1. Push the air recirculation button to theOFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thehot (right) position.

Ventilation:

This mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.




4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defogging:

This mode directs the air to the defroster outletsto defrost/defog the windows.




. To remove frost from the outside surface ofthe windshield quickly, turn the temperaturecontrol dial to the maximum hot position andthe fan speed control dial to maximum(HI) position.

. If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turnthe A/C button on.

Bi-level heating:

This mode directs cool air from the side andcenter vents and warm air from the foot outlets.When the temperature control dial is turned tothe maximum hot or cool position, the airbetween the ventilators and the foot outlets isthe same temperature.





Heating and defogging:

This mode heats the interior and defogs thewindows.





Black plate (174,1)


Air conditioner operationThe air conditioner system should be operatedfor approximately 10 minutes at least once amonth. This helps prevent damage to the airconditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

Cooling:

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.




4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thecool (left) position.

. For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, push the air recirculationbutton to the ON position. Be sure topush the air recirculation button to the OFFposition for normal cooling.

. A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a

malfunction.

Dehumidified heating:

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify theair.






Dehumidified defogging:

This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air.






Black plate (175,1)


SAA1792

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER1. Air flow control dial

2. Temperature control dial

3. Fan speed control dial

4. Rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS-TER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

5. Outside air circulation /Air recirculationbutton

6. A/C (Air Conditioner) button

Automatic operation (AUTO)The AUTO mode may be used all year around asthe system automatically controls constanttemperature, air flow distribution and fan speed.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan speed control dial to the OFF position.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:

1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to the AUTO position.

2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate,push the A/C button. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

4. Push and hold the outside air circulation/air recirculation button for more

than 1.5 seconds to set the automatic

control between the outside air circulationand air recirculation modes.

When setting the automatic control mode,the indicator lights and will blinktwice indicating that the system is in theautomatic control mode.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C off):

1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to the AUTO position.

2. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push theA/C button. (The A/C indicator light will turnoff.)


4. Push and hold the outside air circulation/air recirculation button for more

than 1.5 seconds to set the automaticcontrol between the outside air circulationand air recirculation modes.

When setting the automatic control mode,the indicator lights will blink twice indicatingthat the system is in the automatic controlmode.


Black plate (176,1)


. Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Doing somay cause the temperature to not becontrolled properly.

. If the windows fog up, use dehumidifiedheating instead of the A/C off heating.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

1. Turn the fan speed control dial to the desiredposition.



. To remove frost from the outside surfaceof the windshield quickly, set the tem-perature control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to their maximum position.

. After the windshield is cleared, turn theair flow control dial to the AUTO positionto set to the automatic mode.

. When the or position isselected, the air conditioner will auto-matically turn on when the outside airtemperature is above 238F (−58C) todefog the windshield. The air recircula-tion mode will automatically turn off. Theoutside air circulation mode will be

selected to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operationThe manual mode can be used to control theheater and air conditioner to your desiredsettings.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan control dial to the OFF position.

Fan speed control:

Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise toincrease the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwiseto decrease the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTOposition to change the fan speed to theautomatic mode.

Air flow control:

Turn the air flow control dial to change the airflow mode.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

: Air flows from the defroster and foot

outlets.

Temperature control:

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

Air recirculation:

Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-lation button to change the air circulationmode.

When the indicator below the air recirculationicon is illuminated, the flowing air is

recirculated inside the vehicle.

Outside air circulation:

Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-lation button to change the air circulationmode.

When the indicator below the outside aircirculation icon is illuminated, the flowingair is drawing from outside the vehicle.

Automatic air intake control:

Push and hold the outside air circulation /airrecirculation button for more than 1.5seconds to set the automatic control betweenthe outside air circulation and air recirculationmodes.

When the or position is selected, theair recirculation mode does not activate.


Black plate (177,1)


When setting the automatic control mode, theindicator lights and will blink twiceindicating that the system is in the automaticcontrol mode.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done only byan experienced technician with theproper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicle ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind.

This refrigerant will not harm the earth’sozone layer. However, it may contribute in asmall part to global warming.

Special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your vehicle’s air con-ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to the airconditioner system. (See “AIR CONDITIONINGSYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.)

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioner system.

Air conditioner filterThe air conditioner system is equipped with anair conditioner filter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heatsdefogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter according the specified maintenance inter-vals listed in a separate maintenance booklet. Toreplace the filter, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog upeasily when operating the heater or air condi-tioner. SAA2263

SAA1233


Black plate (178,1)


OPERATING TIPS (for automatic airconditioner)

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this is not amalfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, the air flow from the foot outlets willoperate normally.

The sensors *1 and *2 , located on theinstrument panel, help maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on or aroundthe sensors.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

RadioPlace the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band select buttonto turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the ignition switchshould be placed in the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

AUDIO SYSTEM


Black plate (179,1)


SAA0306

FM radio reception:

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):

When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with thesatellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of anymetal or large building for the satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®

Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

The satellite radio performance may be affectedif cargo carried on the roof blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near the satelliteantenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.


Black plate (180,1)


SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) player. Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If this

occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify orventilate the player completely.

. The player may skip while driving on roughroads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) rounddiscs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,covered with fingerprints, or that have pinholes may not work properly.

. The following CDs may not work properly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as they maycause the CD player to malfunction.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or haveabnormal edges

. This audio system can only play prerecordedCDs. It has no capabilities to record or burnCDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly(the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent or warpedand it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperature insidethe player is too high. Remove the CD bypushing the EJECT button, and after a shorttime reinsert the CD. The CD can be playedwhen the temperature of the player returnsto normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system(only MP3 or WMA CD).


Black plate (181,1)


USB (Universal Serial Bus) devices(models with navigation system)This system supports various USB memorysticks, USB hard drives and iPod® players.There are some USB devices which may notbe supported with this system.

. Make sure that the USB device is connectedcorrectly into the USB connector.

. Do not force the memory stick or USB cableinto the USB connector. This could damagethe connector.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the USB device and dehu-midify or ventilate the USB player comple-tely.

. The USB player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Do not leave USB memory in a place proneto static electricity or where the air condi-tioner blows directly. The data in the USBmemory may be damaged.

. The vehicle is not equipped with a USBmemory stick.

. A USB device cannot be formatted with this

system. To format a USB device, use apersonal computer.

. Partitioned USB devices may not be playedcorrectly.

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle center screen. UsingEnglish language characters with a USBdevice is recommended.

. Do not connect a USB device if a connectoror cable is wet. Allow the cable and/orconnectors to dry completely before con-necting the USB device. If the connector isexposed to fluids other than water, evapora-tive residue may cause a short between theconnector pins.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in an iPod®. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but it willsoon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarilyblack out, but it will soon recover.

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on an iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it is

connected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPodnano® (2nd Generation)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/AAC/ATRAC3)

Explanation of terms:

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track can reduce the file size byapproximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually noperceptible loss in quality. The compressionreduces certain parts of sound that seeminaudible to most people.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA


Black plate (182,1)


codec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format.Audio files that have been encoded withAAC are generally smaller in size and delivera higher quality of sound than MP3.

. ATRAC3, ATRAC3 Plus - Adaptive Trans-form Acoustic Coding (ATRAC) is a lossyaudio compression format developed bySony.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the

part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.

SAA2494

Playback order:

. The folder names of folders not containingcompressed audio files are not shown in thedisplay.

. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,“Root Folder” is displayed.


Black plate (183,1)


. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software, sothe files might not play in the desired order.

. Music playback order of compressed audiofiles is as illustrated in the next figure.


Black plate (184,1)


Specification chart (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) arenot supported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9



Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitation 64 characters

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM LittleEndian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.


Black plate (185,1)


Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3



WMA*2




AAC

Version MPEG-AAC



Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

AAC tag (AAC only)

Folder levels

CD, CD-R, CD-RW Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

USBFolder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Memory size: 4GB


Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS


Black plate (186,1)


*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.


Black plate (187,1)


Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systemsISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is notsupported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5


Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA



Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)


Displayable character codes*201: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.


Black plate (188,1)


Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codesand number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofMP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before the musicstarts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be requiredbefore the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song when playing.When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play isprohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to thenext song.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not playin the desired order.


Black plate (189,1)


Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):


Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.


Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) willbe played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)” or “.M4A (.m4a)” cannot be played. In addition, thecharacter codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.


Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.


Move immediately to the next songwhen playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyrightprotection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.


Black plate (190,1)


Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):


Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.


Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number ofcharacters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.


Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before themusic starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.


Move immediately to the next songwhen playing

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited bycopyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

Songs do not play back in thedesired order

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desiredorder.


Black plate (191,1)


SAA2782

1. MUTE button

2. DISP (display)/TEXT button

3. FM·AM radio band select button

4. CD PLAY button

5. Station preset buttons

6. iPod® button

7. AUX (auxiliary) button

8. Audio display

9. CLOCK button

10. CD EJECT button

11. iPod® MENU button

12. SEEK/TRACK button

13. ENTER button

14 BACK button

15. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob

16 AUX IN jack

17. AUDIO button

18. TUNE/FF·REW button

19. SCAN/RPT (repeat) button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC(CD) PLAYER

For all operation precautions, see “AUDIOOPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in thissection.

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the PWR button whilethe system is off to call up the normal mode(radio, CD, AUX and iPod®) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the PWR buttonturns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.


Black plate (192,1)


MUTE button:

Push the button to mute the audio sound.

Push the button again to release the mutesetting.

AUDIO button:

Push the AUDIO button to change the selectingmode as follows.

Push the TUNE ( , ) or SEEK ( ,) button to adjust Bass and Treble to the

desired level. Use the TUNE or SEEK buttonalso to adjust Fade or Balance modes. Fadeadjusts the sound level between the front andrear speakers and Balance adjusts the soundbetween the right and left speakers.

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the TUNEor SEEK button until the desired mode isdisplayed. This turns on or off the beep soundwhen audio buttons are pushed.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (SpdSen Vol) mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH,push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desiredmode is displayed.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the

desired level, push the AUDIO button repeatedlyuntil the normal mode display reappears. Other-wise, the normal mode display will automaticallyreappear after approximately 5 seconds.

CLOCK button:

Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off theCLOCK display.

See “CLOCK” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section for the detailed clock adjust-ment operation.

Radio operation

Radio (FM/AM) band select:

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

TUNE (Tuning):

Push the TUNE button or for manualtuning. To move quickly through the stations,push and hold the TUNE button.

SEEK tuning:

Push the SEEK button or to tune fromlow to high or high to low frequencies and tostop at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN button to tune from low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the button againduring this 5 seconds period will stop SCANtuning and the radio will remain tuned to thatstation.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

to Station memory operations:

12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 eachfor FM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AMband for easy access.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.


Black plate (193,1)


2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold the desired radio stationpreset button to until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the radiostation preset button is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Radio Data System (RDS):

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)encoded within a regular radio broadcast.Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,but many stations are now considering broad-casting RDS data.

RDS can display:

. Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

. Station name, such as “The Groove”.

. Music or programming type such as “Clas-

sical”, “Country” or “Rock”.

. Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

RADIO DISPLAY change:

When the DISP button is pushed during the FMradio mode, the radio display will change in thefollowing order.

FM radio:

Frequency ↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY(Programme type)

In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP buttonwill switch the frequency display to the PTYdisplay (if available), and if the DISP button isnot pushed again within 5 seconds, it willautomatically switch to the PS display. If PTYis not available, pressing the DISP button willonly switch between the frequency display andthe PS display.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and insert the CD into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The CD will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc will appear on the display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

CD PLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the CD loaded, the system will turn onand the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

CD play information:

When the DISP button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, thedisc information display will change as follows:

CD:


Black plate (194,1)


CD with MP3 or WMA:

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind):

CD:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

CD with MP3 or WMA:

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the folders in the CD will change.

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, the CDwill return to the normal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its beginning.Push several times to skip through programs.The CD will advance the number of times thebutton is pushed. (When the last program on theCD is skipped through, the first program will beplayed.)

When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the program being played returns to its begin-ning. Push several times to skip back throughprograms. The CD will go back the number oftimes the button is pushed.

SCAN tuning:

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the tracks of CD willbe played for 10 seconds in sequence.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextdisc program.

RANDOM (RDM)/REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, theplay pattern can be changed as follows:

CD:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.


Black plate (195,1)


SAA3427

Interface system for iPod® operation

Connecting iPod®:

The iPod® outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Connect the cable *1 asillustrated, and then connect the other end ofthe cable to your iPod® *2 . Your vehicle isequipped with the specialized cable for con-necting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. Thebattery of your iPod® is charged while it isconnected to the vehicle if the iPod® supportscharging via a FireWire® connection.

When the connection is complete, a NISSANlogo will be displayed on the iPod® and an iPod®

icon on the audio display illuminates. Whileconnecting the iPod® to the vehicle, the iPod®

can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,fully depress the center connector button tounlatch the connector and pull the connectorstraight out of the outlet. To disconnect thecable from the iPod®, fully depress the sideconnector buttons and pull the iPod® connectorstraight out of the iPod®.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are a trademarkof Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Compatibility:

The following models are available:

. Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version3.1.1 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.1.2 or later)

. First generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 1.3 or later)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 1.3 or later)

. First, second and third generation iPodtouch® (Firmware version 3.1.0 or later)

. First and second generation iPod mini®

(Firmware version 1.4.1 or later)

. iPod photo® (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver-sion 1.3.1 or later)

. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.2 or later)

. iPhone® (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

. iPhone® 3G (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

. iPhone® 3GS (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

The fourth and fifth generation iPod nano®, iPodtouch®, the second generation iPod Classic®

and iPhone® 3G may not work with the systemin some cases.

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.

* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable withthis system.

iPod® button:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the iPod® button to switchto the iPod® mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod®

is connected, pushing the iPod® button changesto the iPod® mode.


Black plate (196,1)


If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe iPod®.

Top menu item selecting:

When the iPod® MENU button is pushed whilethe iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®

operation is shown on the audio display. Theitems on the menu list can be scrolled bypushing the SEEK button or and theTUNE button or while the iPod® isoperational. To select an item, push ENTER. Thedisplay can be changed as follows:

For more information about each item, see theiPod® Owner’s Manual.

ENTER, BACK button:

. When the ENTER button is pushed whilethe top menu is displayed, program detailsare shown on the audio display.

. To select the program, push to search usingthe SEEK or and ENTER button.

. When the BACK button is pushed, it returnsto the previous display.

iPod® play information:

When the DISP button is pushed while aprogram is being played, the program informa-tion display will change as follows:

* Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind) button:

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the iPod® will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theiPod® will return to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW button:

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, numbers of tracks can be skippedthrough.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while iPod® is playing, the nexttrack or the beginning of the current track on theiPod® will be played.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

Except Podcast and Audiobook:

Podcast:

ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT

Audiobook:

AUX (Auxiliary) input

AUX IN jack:

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.


Black plate (197,1)


AUX (Auxiliary) button:

With an AUX device plugged in, push the AUXbutton repeatedly until the display changes tothe AUX mode.

When the AUX button is pushed with no deviceplugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.

SAA3455

1. CD RDM (random) play button

2. Radio SCAN tuning button

3. Radio station preset select buttons

4. CD RPT (repeat) play button

5. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button forSEEK/TRACK

6. iPod® MENU button

7. CD EJECT button

8. Radio CAT (category)/FF (fast forward) button forSEEK/TRACK

9. ON·OFF button/VOL (volume) control knob

10. FM·AM band select button

11. CD button

12. AUX (auxiliary) button


Black plate (198,1)


13. AUX IN jack

14. TUNE/SCROLL CONTROL dial

15. ENTER/SETTING button

16. Color display

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A)


No satellite radio reception is available when theSAT band option is selected unless the optionalsatellite receiver and antenna are installed, andthere is an active XM Satellite Radio subscrip-tion.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XMSatellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.After receiving the activation signal, an availablechannel list will be automatically updated in theradio. For XM, place the ignition switch fromLOCK to ACC to update the channel list.


Head unit:

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in both

radio reception and CD playback.


Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the last audiosource (i.e. FM or CD), which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFFbutton turns the system off.


SETTING button:

Push the button to change the selecting modeas follows.

Push the TUNE control dial to adjust Bass andTreble to the desired level. Use the TUNEcontrol dial also to adjust Fade or Balancemodes. Fade adjusts the sound level betweenthe front and rear speakers and Balance adjuststhe sound between the right and left speakers.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (Spd

Sen Vol) mode from off (0) to 5, and push theTUNE control dial until the desired mode isdisplayed.

Turn the TUNE control dial to adjust the bright-ness and contrast of the screen to the preferredlevel.

See “CLOCK” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section for the detailed clock adjust-ment operation.

Switching the display:

Pushing the AUX button will switch the displaysas follows:

XM1 ? XM2 ? iPod®/USB ? AUX ? XM1

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

radio (FM/AM) band select:

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select:

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:


Black plate (199,1)


When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.


TUNE (Tuning):

. For AM and FM radio

Turn the radio TUNE dial for manual tuning.

. For XM Satellite Radio

Turn the radio TUNE dial to seek channelsfrom all of the categories when any categoryis not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY(CAT):


Push the SEEK button or to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.


Push the SEEK button or to tuneto the first channel of the next or previouscategory.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stop at each broad-casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushingthe button again during this 5 seconds periodwill stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation/channel.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 12 for XM radio (6each for XM1 and XM2) and 6 stations can beset for the AM band.


2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/CAT, SCAN button or the radioTUNE dial.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton *1 to *6 until the radio mutes.



If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks onthe CD and the play time will appear on thedisplay.



Black plate (200,1)


If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.


PLAY:



Next/Previous Track and FastForward/Rewind:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the CD is being played, the CD will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When thebutton is released, the CD will return to normalplay speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed while the CD isplayed, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

(CD)

Normal Û 1 Track Repeat

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal? 1 Folder Repeat? 1 Track Repeat?Normal

RANDOM (RDM):

When the RDM button is pushed while a CD isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

(CD)

Normal Û 1 Disc Random

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal ? 1 Disc Random ? 1 Folder Random? Normal

CD EJECT:


When this button is pushed while the CD is

being played, the CD will be ejected.



AUX IN jack:





Black plate (201,1)


SAA3434

USB memory operation

Audio main operation:

The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect a USBmemory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USBmemory mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLcontrol knob will start the USB memory.

PLAY:

When the AUX button is pushed with the systemoff and the USB memory inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes tothe USB memory mode.

Next/Previous File and FastForward/Rewind:

When the (Rewind) or (Fast Forward)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile a USB memory is being played, the USBmemory will play while forwarding or rewinding.When the button is released, the USB memorywill return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the USB memory isbeing played, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the USB memory will beplayed.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the USB memory is beingplayed.

Folder selection:

To change to another folder in the USB memory,turn the folder selector or choose a folderdisplayed on the screen using the multi-functioncontroller.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed while the USBmemory is played, the play pattern can bechange as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPT buttonrepeatedly and the mode will change as follows.

Normal? 1 Folder Repeat? 1 Track Repeat?Normal

RANDOM (RDM):

When the RDM button is pushed while a USBmemory is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RDM buttonrepeatedly, and the mode will change as follows.

Normal ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random ?Normal


Black plate (202,1)


SAA3429

iPod® player operation

Connecting iPod®:

The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect theiPod® cable to the USB connector. The batteryof the iPod® is charged while the connection tothe vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows a NISSAN orAccessory Attached screen when the connec-tion is completed. When the iPod® is connectedto the vehicle, the iPod® music library can onlybe operated by the vehicle audio controls.

* iPod® and iPhone® are a trademark of Apple

Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Compatibility:

The following models are available:

. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.1 or later)

. First generation iPod Classic® (version 1.1or later)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 2.0.3 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version 2.1.0or later)

. Second and third generation iPod touch®

(Firmware version 3.1.2 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (version 1.3.1 orlater)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2or later)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.0.4 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver-sion 1.0.1 or later)

The iPod touch® may not response quickly withthe system in some cases.

Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.


Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.


was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.

iPod® MENU button:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the iPod® button to switchto the iPod® mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod®

is connected, pushing the iPod® button changesto the iPod® mode.


was playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe iPod®.

When the iPod® MENU button is pushed whilethe iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®

operation is shown on the audio display. Theitems on the menu list can be scrolled bypushing the or while the iPod® isoperational. To select an item, push ENTER. Thedisplay can be changed as follows:


Black plate (203,1)


For more information about each item, see theiPod® Owner’s Manual.



When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

Repeat Off ? Repeat One ? Repeat All ?Repeat Off

Random (RDM):

When the RDM button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

Shuffle Off ? Shuffle Songs ? Shuffle Albums


Black plate (204,1)


SAA3425

1. XM band select button

2. CD insert slot

3. CD EJECT button

4. TUNE/SCROLL and AUDIO control knob

5. Radio station preset buttons

6. AUX button

7. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

8. FF (forward)/REW (rewind) or SEEK/CATEGORYbutton

9. CD button

10. FM·AM band select button

No satellite radio reception is available unless anXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)


The satellite radio mode requires an active XMSatellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.After receiving the activation signal, an availablechannel list will be automatically updated in theradio. For XM, place the ignition switch fromLOCK to ACC to update the channel list.


Head unit:

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.


Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the last audiosource (i.e. FM or CD), which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFFbutton turns the system off.


Black plate (205,1)



Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “HOW TO USE TOUCHSCREEN” earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows:

. Speed Volume

For more details, see “HOW TO USE THESETUP BUTTON” earlier in this section.

Adjusting AUX level:

The volume level of incoming sound can beselected from “Quiet”, “Medium” and “Loud”when an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. For more details, see “HOW TO USETHE SETUP BUTTON” earlier in this section.

Switching the display:

Pushing the AUX button will switch the displaysbetween USB/iPod® and AUX.

FM-AM-SAT radio operationWhen the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.


FM·AM radio band select:

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

XM radio band select:

Pushing the XM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

TUNE (Tuning):


Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning.


Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels fromall of the categories when any category isnot selected.

SEEK tuning:


Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broad-casting station.


Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune to the first channel of the next

or previous category.

Tuning with the touchscreen (AM and FMradio):

When in AM or FM mode, the radio can betuned using the touchscreen. To bring up thevisual tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lowerright corner of the screen. A screen appearswith a bar running from low frequencies on theleft to high frequencies on the right. Touch the


Black plate (206,1)


screen at the location of the frequency you wishto tune and the station will change to thatfrequency. To return to the regular radio displayscreen, touch the “OK” key.

to Station memory operations:

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stationscan be set for the AM band.


2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNEknob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton to until the beep sound isheard.



If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Touchscreen (XM Satellite Radio):

When the XM Satellite Radio is being played,the following items are available with thetouchscreen operation.

. Channels

Displays a list of channels. Touch a preferredchannel displayed on the list to change tothat channel.

. Categories

Displays a list of categories. Touch apreferred channel displayed on the list todisplay options within that category.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.


If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.


PLAY:



While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,certain text may be displayed (when a CDencoded with text is being used). Depending onhow the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, thetext is displayed listing the artist, album andsong title.


When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, the CDwill return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

When the rewind button is pushed for less than


Black plate (207,1)


1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the currenttrack starts playing, the previous track will beplayed.

SAA3401

Random:

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the CD. When the random mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Random” alternates between ran-domly playing songs within the current folderand songs from the CD as a whole. Theicon is displayed to the left of the song title orfolder name to denote which pattern is applied.To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random”key until no icon is displayed.

SAA3402

Repeat:

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the CD. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Repeat” alternates between repeatingthe current song and repeating the currentfolder. The icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or folder name to denote whichpattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,touch the “Repeat” key until no icon isdisplayed.


Black plate (208,1)


Browse:

Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles onthe CD in list format. Touch the title of a song inthe list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CDis playing, touching the “Browse” key will alsolist the folders on the disc. Follow the procedurefor selecting a song with the touchscreen tochoose a folder.

CD EJECT:


When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.



AUX IN jack:



To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUXbutton when a compatible audio device isconnected into the AUX IN jack.


SAA3433

USB memory operation


The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect a USBmemory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USBmemory mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLcontrol knob will start the USB memory.

PLAY:

When the AUX button is pushed with the systemoff and the USB memory inserted, the systemwill turn on.


Black plate (209,1)


If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes tothe USB memory mode.

SEEK/CATEGORY button:

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toreturn to the beginning of the current track. Pushthe SEEK/CATEGORY button severaltimes to skip backward several tracks.

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toadvance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORYbutton several times to skip forward severaltracks. If the last track in a folder on the USBdevice is skipped, the first track of the next folderis played.

Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY buttonor for 1.5 seconds while an audio file

on the USB device is playing to reverse or fastforward the track being played. The track playsat an increased speed while reversing or fastforwarding. When the button is released, theaudio file returns to normal play speed.

Random and repeat play mode:

While files on a USB device are playing, the playpattern can be altered so that songs arerepeated or played randomly.

Random:

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the USB device. When the randommode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich random pattern is applied. To cancelRandom mode, touch the “Random” key until no

icon is displayed.

Repeat:

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the USB device. When the repeatmode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich repeat pattern is applied. To cancelRepeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no

icon is displayed.

SAA3435

iPod® PLAYER OPERATION

Connecting iPod®

To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that theiPod® can be controlled with the audio systemcontrols and display screen, use the USB jacklocated in the center console. Open theprotective cover on the USB jack in the centerconsole and then connect the iPod® specificend of the cable to the iPod® and the USB endof the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle *1 .If your iPod® supports charging via a USBconnection, its battery will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position.

While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® can


Black plate (210,1)


only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,remove the USB end of the cable from theUSB jack on the vehicle, then remove the cablefrom the iPod®.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are available:

. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 or later)

. iPod Classic (version 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (version1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano (version 1.3.1 orlater)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 orlater)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2or later)

This unit may not control/operate correctly whenconnected to some iPod versions/firmware and

iPhone.

Make sure that the iPod® version is updated.

Audio main operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the button repeatedlyto switch to the iPod® mode.


was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.

PLAY:

When the button is pushed with thesystem off and the iPod® connected, the systemwill turn on. If another audio source is playingand the iPod® is connected, push thebutton repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.

Interface:

The interface for iPod® operation shown on thevehicle center display is similar to the iPod®

interface. Use the touchscreen, BACK buttonor the TUNE/SCROLL knob to navigate themenus on the screen.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further information abouteach item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.

. Playlists

. Artists

. Songs

. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Podcasts

The following touch-panel buttons shown on thescreen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.

SEEK/CATEGORY button:


Random:

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the iPod. When the random mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or album name to denote whichrandom pattern is applied. To cancel Randommode, touch the “Random” key until noicon is displayed.


Black plate (211,1)


Repeat:

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the iPod. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or album name to denote whichrepeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeatmode, touch the “Repeat” key until no iconis displayed.

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

CD/DVD. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touch

the surface of the disc. Do not bend thedisc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner or

alcohol intended for industrial use.

. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memory. Never touch the terminal portion of the USB

memory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in highlyhumid locations.

. Do not expose the USB memory to directsunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual forthe details.


Black plate (212,1)


SAA1779Except for Krom models

1. Tuning switch

2. VOLUME control switch

3. SOURCE select switch

SAA1780For Krom models

1. Tuning switch

2. VOLUME control switch

3. SOURCE select switch

4. POWER on/off switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

POWER on/off switch (for Krom models)With the ignition switch turned to the ACC orON position, push the POWER on/off switch toturn the audio system on or off.

SOURCE select switch (except for Krommodels)With the ignition switch turned to the ACC orON position, push the SOURCE select switchto turn the audio system on. Push the switch tochange the mode in the sequence of AM, FM,SAT, CD, iPod®, USB and AUX.

If no CD is located or an AUX, iPod® or USBmemory are not connected, the CD, AUX, iPod®

or USB memory modes will be skipped.

SOURCE select switch (for Krom mod-els)Push the SOURCE select switch to change themode.

Without satellite radio:

AM, FM, CD and AUX

With satellite radio:

AM, FM, SAT, CD and AUX

If no CD is loaded or AUX is not connected, theCD or AUX mode will be skipped.

VOLUME control switchPush up or down the VOLUME control switch toincrease or decrease the volume.


Black plate (213,1)


Tuning switch

Memory change (radio):

Push up or down the tuning switch for less than1.5 seconds to change the next or previousradio preset.

SEEK tuning (radio):

Push up or down the tuning switch for more than1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radiostation.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (CD):

Push up or down the tuning switch for less than1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skip throughprograms.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FOLDER change (CD with MP3 or WMA):

Push up or down the tuning switch for more than1.5 seconds to change the folders (if there areany folders).

iPod®:

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill increase or decrease the track number.

USB:

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill increase or decrease the track number.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill increase/decrease the folder number

SAA2102

ANTENNA

To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of theantenna and turn it counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove theantenna under the following condi-tions.

— The vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.


Black plate (214,1)


— The vehicle enters a garage witha low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation. Otherwise,the antenna rod may break duringvehicle operation.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Black plate (215,1)


WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

SAA3436

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you have acompatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,you can set up the wireless connection betweenyour cellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule. With Bluetooth® wireless technology,you can make or receive a hands-free telephonecall in your vehicle.

Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no other phone connect-ing procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position with the connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recommended phonelist and connecting.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM (if so equipped)


Black plate (216,1)


. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual. The Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannotcharge cellular phones.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, see “Trouble-shooting guide” later in this section. You canalso visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth fortroubleshooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding battery charging, cellular phoneantenna, etc.

. This wireless hands free car kit is based onBluetooth® technology,

— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

— Output Power: 7,94 dBm E.I.R.P

— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK

— Number of Channel: 79

— This wireless equipment can’t be used forany services related to safety becausethere is the possibility of radio interfer-ence.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

FCC Regulatory information— CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

— Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interference and

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information— Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

— This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.and licensed to Visteon Corpora-tion.

USING THE SYSTEM

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.


Black plate (217,1)


InitializationWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will accept any command.

Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the follow-ing:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.

. Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commandTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pushand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is given whenthe command is accepted.

. If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.

. If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please say again.” Repeat the command ina clear voice.

. If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

. You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You canalso push and hold the button for 5seconds on the steering wheel at any time tocancel the VR session. Whenever the VRsession is cancelled, a double beep isplayed to indicate you have exited thesystem.

. If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

. In most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypushing the button on the steeringwheel.

. To use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menucommand on the main menu. For example,push the button and after the tone say,“Call Redial.” Note: The combined com-mand of Call and (a Name) cannot be used.

How to say numbersNISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands.Refer to the rules and examples below.

. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight oh oh six six two six two ohoh”, or

— “One eight zero zero six six two six two ohoh”

. Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,

— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty


Black plate (218,1)


two hundred, and

— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty twohundred.

. Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continuingentering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six six two”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six two zero zero”

. You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for“#” at any time in any position of the phonenumber. (Available only when using the“Special Dialing” command.)

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

— “One five five five one two one two starone two three”

. Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”(available when using the “Special Dialing”command and the “Send” command duringa call).

. Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using

the “Special Dialing” command).

. Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (availableonly when storing a phone book number).

See “Making a call by entering a phonenumber” later in this section and “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this sectionfor more information.

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

The voice command “Help” is available at anytime. Please say the “Help” command to getinformation about how to use the system.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephone systemby voice command for the first time or do notknow the appropriate voice command,speak “Help”. The system announces theavailable commands.

. When you speak numbers, you can speakboth “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Manual command selectionCommands can be selected manually. While thecommands are displayed on the audio screen,select a command by operating the audio tuningswitch, and then push the switch. Once acommand is manually selected, the voice

command function is cancelled. To return tovoice command mode, push the switch tocancel the current operation, and then performthe first procedure of voice command.


Black plate (219,1)


SAA1782

CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

PHONE SEND

Push the button to initiate a VR session oranswer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to interruptsystem feedback and give a command at once.

PHONE END

While the voice recognition system is active,push the button to go back one step. Pushand hold the button for 5 seconds to quitthe voice recognition system at any time.

GETTING STARTED

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Foradditional command options, refer to “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

Choosing a languageYou can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System using English, Spanish or French.

To change the language, perform the following.

1. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

3. Push the button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see“SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE”later in this section.

4. The system announces the current languageand gives you the option to change thelanguage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French(in French). Use the following chart to selectthe language.

NOTE:You must push the button or the

button within 5 seconds to changethe language.

Current lan-guage

Push(TALK/PHONESEND) to select

Push(MODE/

PHONE END)to select

English Spanish French

Spanish English French

French English Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the language, donot push either button. After 5 seconds, theVR session will end, and the language willnot be changed.

Connecting procedureNOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be cancelled.


Black plate (220,1)


1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Say: “Connect Phone” *A . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.

3. Say: “Add phone”*B . The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiatepairing from the phone handset *C .

The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions onconnecting NISSAN recommended cellularphones.

When prompted for a Passkey code, enter“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN andcannot be changed.

4. The system asks you to say a name for thephone *D .

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

1. Push the button on steering wheel. Atone will sound.

2. Say: “Call” *A . The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

3. Say: “Phone Number” *B . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.Say: “Special Dialing” to dial more than 10digits or any special characters.

4. Say the number you wish to call starting withthe area code in single digit format. If thesystem has trouble recognizing the correct

phone number, try entering the number inthe following groups: 3-digit area code, 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the2nd group, and “three three five four” as the3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits orany special characters, say “Special Dial-ing”. See “How to say numbers” earlier inthis section, for more information.

5. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

6. Say: “Dial” *C . The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

Receiving a callWhen you hear the ring tone, push thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, push the buttonon the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ring tone, push the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.


Black plate (221,1)


LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

When you push and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and thecommands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of commandscurrently available anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

A menu item can also be selected by scrollingthe display with the SEEK switch and enteringby pushing the button.

If you want to end an action without completingit, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime thesystem is waiting for a response. The system willend the VR session. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command,

you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytimethe system is waiting for a response.

Call

Name (speak name) *AIf there are entries stored in the phonebook, anumber associated with a name and locationcan be dialed.

See “Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)” later in thissection to learn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phonebook entry to call. The systemacknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associated withthe name, the system asks the user to choosethe location.

Once the name and location are confirmed, thesystem begins the call.

Phone Number (speak digits) *BWhen prompted by the system, say the numberto call. Refer to “Making a call by entering aphone number” earlier in this section for moredetails.

“Redial” *CUse the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.

“Call back” *DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the last incoming call within the vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a call back number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”and ends the VR session.

Special Dialing

To dial more than 10 digits or any specialcharacters, please say “Special Dialing”. Whenthe system acknowledges the command, thesystem will prompt you to speak the number.


Black plate (222,1)


During a call

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Push the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and entercommands.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

. “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.

. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.

. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers, “*” or “#”during a call. For example, if you weredirected to dial an extension by an auto-mated system:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call. Say “star” for“*”, say “pound” for “#”.

. “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to

the cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.

To reconnect a call from the cellular phoneto the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sys-tem, push the button.

. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.

NOTE:

If a call is ended or the cellular phonenetwork connection is lost while the Mutefeature is on, the Mute feature will be resetto “off” for the next call so the other partycan hear your voice.

Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)“Transfer Entry” *AUse the Transfer Entry command to store a newname in the system.

When prompted by the system, say the nameyou would like to give the new entry.

For example, say: “Mary.”

If the name is too long or too short, the systemtells you, then prompts you for a name again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like a namealready stored, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

The system will ask you to transfer a phonenumber stored in the cellular phone’s memory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory:

Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate thetransfer from the phone handset. The newcontact phone number will be transferred fromthe cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-


Black plate (223,1)


nication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions ontransferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-commended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers or transferring anentry, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber.

“Delete Entry” *BUse the Delete Entry command to delete oneentry from the phonebook. After the systemacknowledges a command, say the name todelete or say “List Names” to choose an entry.

“List Names” *CUse the List Names command to hear all thenames in the phonebook. The system recites thephonebook entries but does not include theactual phone numbers. When playback of thelist is complete, the system returns to the mainmenu.

Playback of the list can be stopped at any timeby pushing the button on the steering

wheel. The system ends the VR session.

Phonebook (phones with automaticphonebook download function)NOTE:

Phonebook commands are not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

For phones that support automatic download ofthe phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth profile), the“Phonebook” command is used to manageentries to the vehicle phonebook. You can saythe name of an entry at this menu to initiatedialing of that entry.

The phonebook stores up to 1000 names foreach phone paired with the system. Each namecan have up to 4 locations/phone numbersassociated with it.

When a phone is connected to the system, thephonebook is automatically downloaded to thevehicle. This feature allows you to access yourphonebook from the Bluetooth® system and callcontacts by name. You can record a customvoice tag for contact names that the system hasdifficulty recognizing. For more information see“Record Name” in this section.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phone-book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-book if you are currently connected withPhone B.

“List names” *AUse the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.

The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu.

You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pushing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session. See the“Record Name” command in this section forinformation about recording custom voice tagsfor list entries that the system has difficultypronouncing.

“Record name” *BThe system allows you to record custom voicetags for contact names in the phonebook thatthe vehicle has difficulty recognizing. Thisfeature can also be used to record voice tagsto directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to thesystem.


Black plate (224,1)


Recent Calls

Use the Recent Calls command to accessoutgoing, incoming or missed calls.

“Outgoing” *AUse the Outgoing command to list the outgoingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Incoming” *BUse the Incoming command to list the incomingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Missed” *CUse the Missed command to list the missedcalls made to the vehicle that were notanswered.

Connect PhoneNOTE:

Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

Use the Connect Phone commands to managethe phones connecting to the vehicle or toenable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle.

“Add Phone” *AUse the Add Phone command to add a phone tothe vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” earlierin this section for more information.

“Select Phone” *BUse the Select Phone command to select from alist of phones connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone youwish to select. Only one phone can be active ata time.

“Delete Phone” *CUse the Delete Phone command to delete aphone that is connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone you

wish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehiclewill also delete that phonebook for that phone.

“Turn Bluetooth Off” *DUse the Bluetooth Off command to prevent awireless connection to your phone.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a number ofcommands, the users can create a voice modelof their own voice that is stored in the system.The system is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for each connectedphone.

Training procedure1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet

outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”


Black plate (225,1)


5. Push the button.

For information on selecting a differentlanguage, see “Choosing a language” earlierin this section.

6. If the connected phone is already in use, thesystem will prompt you to overwrite. Followthe instructions provided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, push the button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.

10. The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

. The button is pushed for more than 5seconds in SA mode.

. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF orLOCK position.

Training phrasesDuring the SA mode, the system instructs you tosay the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

. phonebook transfer entry

. dial 3 0 4 2 9

. delete call back number

. Incoming

. Transfer entry

. 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7

. delete all entries

. call 7 2 4 0 9

. phonebook delete entry

. next entry

. dial star 2 1 7 0

. yes

. no

. select

. Missed

. dial 8 5 6 9 2

. Bluetooth on

. Outgoing

. call 3 1 9 0 2

. 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8

. cancel

. call back number

. call star 2 0 9 5

. delete phone

. dial 8 3 0 5 1

. Record Name

. 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0

. delete redial number

. phonebook list names

. call 8 0 5 4 1

. correction

. connect phone

. dial 7 4 0 1 8

. previous entry

. delete

. dial 9 7 2 6 6

. call 7 6 3 0 1


Black plate (226,1)


. go back

. call 5 6 2 8 0

. dial 6 6 4 3 7


Black plate (227,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is toonoisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out toimprove the recognition response for the speaker. See “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE” earlier in thissection.

The system consistently selects the wrong entry fromthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed byusing the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook (phones without automatic phonebook download function)”earlier in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (228,1)


MEMO


Black plate (16,1)

5 Starting and driving


Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5On-pavement and off-road driving precautions . . . . . . 5-6Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Sonar system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations. . . . 5-22AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Black plate (230,1)


WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is

dangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe lift gate open, follow theseprecautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the lift gate orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into thevehicle. (Some recreational vehicleappliances such as stoves, refrig-erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-erate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Black plate (231,1)


WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-haust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the

vehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or

Starting and driving 5-3

Black plate (232,1)


alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional information. The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (ifso equipped) appears in the vehicle infor-mation display when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning (if so equipped) turnsoff when the low tire pressure warning lightturns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (ifso equipped) does not appear if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates to indicate

a TPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “TIRE PRESSURE MON-ITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble. (See “FLAT TIRE” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section forchanging a flat tire.)



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.


Black plate (233,1)


CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss

of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “SEATBELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to doso.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.


Black plate (234,1)


ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of performingin a variety of on-pavement and off-roadapplications. This gives them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional passengercars any more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts helpreduce the risk of injury in collisions androllovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted orimproperly belted person is significantly morelikely to be injured or killed than a personproperly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS” later in this section.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

If the right side or left side wheels leave the roadsurface, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gra-dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe

place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result in


Black plate (235,1)


personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “CHANGING AFLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”section of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your NISSAN is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthe like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated with theirseat belt fastened. This will keepyou and your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyStarting and driving 5-7

Black plate (236,1)


vehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakeslightly and use a low range tocontrol your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough

terrain. Properly secure all cargo soit will not be thrown forward andcause injury to you or your passen-gers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as far forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger than speci-fied in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with your fin-gers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a higher

center of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehicle


Black plate (237,1)


movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively. (AWD mod-els)

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tractiondevices on the front wheels whendriving on slippery roads and drivecarefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes imme-

diately after driving in mud or water.See “BRAKE SYSTEM” later in thissection for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicleand it rolls forward, backward orsideways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Seethe maintenance information in the“NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

. Spinning the front wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the AWDwarning light to flash and the AWDsystem to automatically switch fromthe AWD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer.(AWD models)

SSD0669

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

The Intelligent Key system can operate theignition switch without taking the key out fromyour pocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Keysystem operation.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in-side the vehicle when you leave the

IGNITION SWITCH


Black plate (238,1)


vehicle.

. If the vehicle battery is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be movedfrom the LOCK position. Charge thebattery as soon as possible. See“JUMP STARTING” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section.

SSD0436

Operating rangeThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedfor starting the engine when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to turnthe ignition switch to start the engine.

. The cargo area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer.(See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)


Black plate (239,1)


SSD0392Without Intelligent Key system

SSD0437AWith Intelligent Key system

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be turned to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

. When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, make sure that the selectorlever is in the P (Park) position.

. When removing the key from the ignitionswitch (if it is inserted), make sure that theselector lever is in the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turned tothe LOCK position:

1. The SHIFT P warning (if so equipped)appears on the vehicle information displayand a chime sounds.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ONdirection.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

5. Remove the key, if it is inserted in the ignitionswitch.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK

position, the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position. The selector lever canbe moved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition with the foot brake pedal depressed.

The OFF position*1 is between the LOCK andACC positions, although it is not marked on theignition switch.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK (0)

Except for the Intelligent Key equippedmodel:

The key can only be removed from the ignitionswitch at this position.

For the Intelligent Key equipped model:

PUSH OFF -The ignition switch is locked at this position.

PUSH ON -The ignition switch will be unlocked whilecarrying the Intelligent Key.

OFF (1)The power supply is turned off.

ACC (2)The electrical accessory power activates withoutthe engine turned on.


Black plate (240,1)


ON (3)The ignition system and the electrical accessorypower activate without the engine turned on.

START (4)The engine starter activates and the engine willstart. The ignition switch, when released, willautomatically turn to the ON position.

CAUTION

As soon as the engine has started,release the ignition switch immediately.

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON position.(See “WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed so that it does notoperate unless the selector lever is in eitherof the above positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionswitch to START. Release the switch whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedure.

. If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and holdit and then crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the enginestarts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for 5 - 6seconds. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crankthe engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion switch to START. Release theignition switch when the engine starts.If the engine starts, but fails to run,

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


Black plate (241,1)


repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the ignition switchoff and wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)in your vehicle is electronically controlled toproduce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before moving the selectorlever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is turned to the LOCK, OFF orACC position or if the key is removed.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, pushthe selector lever button and move theselector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive), L (Low). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Black plate (242,1)


CAUTION

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD0665

ShiftingTo move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal.

: Push the button.

: Just move the selector lever.

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF orACC position for any reason while the selectorlever is in any positions other than the P (Park),the ignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position.

If the ignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position, perform the following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON positionwhile depressing the foot brake pedal.


4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.


Black plate (243,1)


CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) or R (Reverse) position onlywhen the vehicle is completely stopped.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydriving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. You

may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low) (if so equipped):

Use this position for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopesand whenever approaching sharp bends. Do notuse the L position in any other circumstances.

SSD0666

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchWhen the O/D OFF switch is pushed with theselector lever in the D (Drive) position, theindicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.

Use the overdrive off mode when you needimproved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/DOFF switch again. The indicator light willturn off.

Each time the engine is started, or when theselector lever is shifted to any position otherthan the D (Drive) position, the overdrive offmode will be automatically turned off.


Black plate (244,1)


Accelerator downshift— In D position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection modeThis transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. The MILmay illuminate to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.) This will occur evenif all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 10

seconds. Then turn the switch back to theON position. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have a NISSAN dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operationoccurs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If ne-cessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

SSD0667

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, release the shift lock.The selector lever can be moved to the N(Neutral) position. This allows the vehicle to bemoved if the battery is discharged.

To release the shift lock, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition, and remove the key if it is inserted.



Black plate (245,1)


3. Remove the shift lock release cover *Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release*B using asuitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button*C and movethe selector lever to the N (Neutral) position*D while holding down the shift lockrelease.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Thevehicle may be moved to the desired location.

Replace the removed shift lock release coverafter the operation.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer checkthe CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal*1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1 andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

PARKING BRAKE


Black plate (246,1)


PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The SET indicatoron the vehicle information display will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the SET indicator on the vehicle informa-tion display blinks, turn the cruise controlmain switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The SET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay may blink when the cruise controlmain switch is turned ON while pushing theRESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST orCANCEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the following pro-cedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0668

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator on the vehicleinformation display will illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET/COAST

CRUISE CONTROL


Black plate (247,1)


switch and release it. (The SET indicator light onthe vehicle information display will illuminate.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

a) Push the CANCEL switch. The SET indica-tor on the vehicle information display willturn off.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator onthe vehicle information display will turn off.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the CRUISEand SET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay will turn off.

. If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch and reset at the cruisingspeed, the cruise control will disengage.Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turnit on again.

. The cruise control will automatically cancel ifthe vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (12km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise control will becanceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATEswitch. When the vehicle attains the desiredspeed, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will increase by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST

switch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH(40 km/h).


Black plate (248,1)


CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.(See “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Black plate (249,1)


SSD0723

WARNING

. The sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properparking. Always look around andcheck that it is safe to do so beforeparking. Always move slowly.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the sonar system as con-tained in this section. Inclementweather may affect the function ofthe sonar system; this may includereduced performance or a falseactivation.

. This system is not designed toprevent contact with small or mov-ing objects.

. The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will notdetect small objects below thebumper, and may not detect objectsclose to the bumper or on theground.

. If your vehicle sustains damage tothe bumper fascia, leaving it mis-aligned or bent, the sensing zone

may be altered causing inaccuratemeasurement of obstacles or falsealarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound and the chimemay not be heard.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the sonar system is operational.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warn thedriver of obstacles near the bumper. The systemdetects rear obstacles when the selector lever isin the R (Reverse) position. The system may notdetect objects at speeds above 6 MPH (10km/h) and may not detect certain angular ormoving objects.

The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3.3 ft(1 m) from the rear bumper with a decreasedcoverage area at the outer corners of the rearbumper. Refer to the illustration for approximatezone coverage areas. As you move closer to theobstacle, the rate of the tone increases. Whenthe obstacle is less than 11.8 in (30 cm) away,the tone will sound continuously.

Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumperfascia) free from snow, ice and large accumula-

SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)


Black plate (250,1)


tions of dirt (do not clean the sensors with sharpobjects). If the sensors are covered, it will affectthe accuracy of the sonar system.

If the sonar system malfunctions, the beepsounds for 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH OPERATIONS

The AWD LOCK switch located on the lowerside of the instrument panel. This switch is usedto select the AUTO or LOCK mode dependingon the driving conditions.

Each time you push the lower part of the switch*A , the AWD mode will switch:AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)


Black plate (251,1)


LOCK modeThe AWD LOCK indicator light willilluminate.

AUTO modeThe AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

AWDmode

Wheel driven

AWDLOCKindica-tor light

Use condi-tions

AUTO

Distribution of tor-que to the front andrear wheels changesautomatically, de-pending on roadconditions encoun-tered[100:0] ↔ [50:50].This results in im-proved driving stabi-lity.*1

Turnsoff.

For drivingon pavedor slipperyroads

LOCKAll-Wheel Drive(AWD)*2, *3

AWDLOCK

For drivingon roughroads

*1: When the rotation difference between thefront and rear wheels is large, the AWDmode may change from AUTO to LOCK fora while, however, this is not a malfunction.

*2: LOCK mode will change to AUTO modeautomatically when the vehicle has beendriven at a high speed. The AWD LOCKindicator light turns off.

*3: LOCK mode will automatically be cancelledwhen the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition.

. If the AWD LOCK switch is operated whileaccelerating or decelerating, or if the ignitionswitch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. Thisis normal.

. The oil temperature of power train parts willincrease if the vehicle is continuouslyoperated under conditions where the differ-ence in rotation between the front and rearwheels is large (wheel slip), such as whendriving the vehicle on rough roads throughsand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the AWD mode changes to2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If youstop driving with the engine idling and waituntil the warning light stops blinking, theAWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

. When driving straight, shift the AWDLOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper-ate the AWD LOCK switch whenmaking a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the AWD LOCKswitch with the front wheel spin-ning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting or driv-ing on slippery surfaces.

. When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feela braking effect. This is a normalcondition of the AWD model.


Black plate (252,1)


SSD0336B

AWD WARNING LIGHT

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ON position. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD systemwhile the engine is running, the warning light willcome on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twiceper second) while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to high powertrain oil temperature. Thedriving mode may change to 2WD. AUTO modemay change to LOCK mode before the warninglight blinks. If the warning light blinks rapidlyduring operation, stop the vehicle with theengine idling in a safe place immediately. Thenif the light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking rapidly.

. Never drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode, as thiswill overload the powertrain andmay cause a serious malfunction.


Black plate (253,1)


SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.Make sure the selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it can

go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

. HEADED DOWNHILLWITH CURB:*1Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key, if inserted.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Black plate (254,1)


WARNING

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

. When the electric power steeringwarning light illuminates with theengine running, the power assist forthe steering will cease operation.You will still have control of thevehicle but the steering will beharder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designedto provide power assist while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to preventoverheating of the electric power steeringsystem and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. When thetemperature of the electric power steeringsystem goes down, the power assist level willreturn to normal. Avoid repeating such steeringwheel operations that could cause the electricpower steering system to overheat.

You may hear a fricative sound when thesteering wheel is operated quickly. However,this is not a malfunction.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electricpower steering warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, the powerassist for the steering will cease operation. Youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,greater steering effort is needed, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.This is not a malfunction and indicates that thebrake assist mechanism is operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGSYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM


Black plate (255,1)


WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the

best braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on theTire and Loading Informationlabel. See “TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL” in the “9.Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-your-self” section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels from


Black plate (256,1)


locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer sensesa malfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-ditions, the VDC system helps to perform thefollowing functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the followingconditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow thesteered path despite increased steeringinput)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator in the instrument panel flashes so notethe following:

. The road may be slippery or the system may

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


Black plate (257,1)


determine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Slip indicator light” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights come on in theinstrument panel. The VDC system automaticallyturns off when these indicator lights are on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator illuminates toindicate the VDC system is off. When the VDCswitch is used to turn off the system, the VDCsystem still operates to prevent one drive wheelfrom slipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The indicator flashesif this occurs. All other VDC functions are off andthe indicator will not flash. The VDCSystem is automatically reset to on when theignition switch is placed in the off position thenback to the on position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature

that tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability butdoes not prevent accidents due toabrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not NISSAN recom-mended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle hand-ling performance, and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and both

and indicator lights mayilluminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, both the

and indicator lights mayilluminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.Do not drive on these types ofroads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the indicatormay flash or both andindicator lights may illuminate. Thisis not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stable


Black plate (258,1)


surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check the anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see “EN-GINE COOLING SYSTEM” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “BATTERY” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “TIRECHAINS” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelIf you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Black plate (259,1)


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels

will lose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist in coldtemperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord before


Black plate (260,1)


starting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Black plate (261,1)


MEMO


Black plate (262,1)


MEMO


Black plate (19,1)

6 In case of emergency


Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing recommended by NISSAN(except for Krom models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Towing recommended by NISSAN(for Krom models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Black plate (264,1)


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if soequipped) appears on the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven withlow tire pressure, the TPMS will activate andwarn you of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h). For more details, see “WARNING/IN-DICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMIN-DERS” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tires

and increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble.



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmis-sion is shifted into the P (Park)position.

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Black plate (265,1)


. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks *1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

SCE0958

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).(See “CARGO COVER” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

3. Lift up the luggage floor board*1 (foldableor separate type).

In case of emergency 6-3

Black plate (266,1)


SCE0858

4. Remove the lids of the luggage side boxes.

SCE0859

5. Remove the luggage floor box (Type A or B)by turning the clips counterclockwise.

SCE0699Jacking tools

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,then remove the other tools.


Black plate (267,1)


SCE0700Spare tire

Spare tire: Turn the clamp to remove the tire.

SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove thewheel cover. This may cause personalinjury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod*1as illustrated.

Apply cloth*2 between the wheel and jack rodto prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.


Black plate (268,1)


Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0572Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.


Black plate (269,1)


SCE0751

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown above.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

SCE0039

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all thewheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ,*2 ,*3 ,*4 ,*5 ), more


Black plate (270,1)


than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts be tigh-

tened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the tools1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and

tools in the storage area.

2. Replace the luggage floor box.

3. Replace the lids on the luggage side boxes.

4. Remove the strap from the lift gate openingand store it to the original place. Close theluggage floor board.

5. Replace the cargo cover (if so equipped).

6. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.


Black plate (271,1)


To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. Ifthe fluid should come into contactwith anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eye

protectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

SCE0707

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*B , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all

JUMP STARTING


Black plate (272,1)


unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-ter, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

For the vehicle equipped with Intelli-gent Key system:

If the battery is discharged, the ignitionswitch cannot be moved from the LOCKposition. Connect the jumper cables tothe booster vehicle *B before turningthe ignition switch and disengaging thesteering lock.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, as illustrated),not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Band let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle *A being jumpstarted.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn theignition switch to the OFF positionand wait 10 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ? *1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

PUSH STARTING


Black plate (273,1)


CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle repairedat a NISSAN dealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Black plate (274,1)


When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-lies must be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “FLAT TOW-ING” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Black plate (275,1)


SCE0439All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN (except for Krom models)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsNISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.


Black plate (276,1)


SCE0438Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models withthe front wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (forwardor backward), as this may causeserious and expensive damage tothe transmission. If it is necessary to

tow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised, always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

. When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:

. Turn the ignition switch to theOFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device.

. Move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model with therear wheels on the ground (if you do

not use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.


Black plate (277,1)


SCE0863

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN (for Krom models)

CAUTION

Do not tow Krom models with anywheel on the ground, or with the frontor rear wheels raised, because this maycause damage to the front bumper, rearbumper or exhaust pipes.

NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicleon a flatbed truck as illustrated.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.


Black plate (278,1)


SCE0864Front (Krom models)

SCE0701AFront

Pulling a stuck vehicleDo not use the tie down hooks for towing orvehicle recovery.

Front:

1. Pull the hook cover*1 straight and removeit from the bumper (for Krom models).

2. Securely install the vehicle recovery hook*2(stored in the cargo area) as illustrated.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured inthe original place after use.

Replace the recovery hook cover (for Krommodels). SCE0678

Rear

Rear:

Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle or therecovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downhooks to free a vehicle stuck insand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow avehicle using the vehicle tie down


Black plate (279,1)


hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

. Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

. Apply the accelerator as little as possi-ble to maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.


Black plate (280,1)


MEMO


Black plate (22,1)

7 Appearance and care


Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Air fresheners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Black plate (282,1)


In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Black plate (283,1)


SAI0047

Krom models

CAUTION

Do not use an automatic car wash forKrom models. The wheel coating maybe damaged.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

WHEELS

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Appearance and care 7-3

Black plate (284,1)


CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

Wheels for Krom modelsThe wheels on Krom models use a differentcoating process than typical aluminum alloy

wheel and they are not plated wheels. Thesewheels are clear-coated and require the follow-ing special cleaning. They should be regularlywashed with a soft sponge soaked in a lot ofwater. After washing with water, wipe clean witha dry, soft cloth and dry completely. When thereis chemical or tire wax, or dirt such as an anti-freeze agent on the surface, wash them withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. The surfaces of the wheels use adifferent coating process than typi-cal aluminum alloy wheels. Do notuse aluminum alloy wheel cleanersor abrasive cleaners to clean thewheels. Using such cleaners coulddamage the wheel surfaces.

. Do not use an automatic car washfor Krom models. The wheel coatingmay be damaged.

. Do not use a brush to wash thewheels on Krom models. The wheelcoating may be damaged.

CHROME PARTS

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.


Black plate (285,1)


Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasive

and damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision or injury:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats specifically designed for usein your vehicle model. See yourNISSAN dealer for more informa-tion.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-tioning aid (driver’s side only)” laterin this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should bemaintained with regular cleaning and replaced ifthey become excessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR


Black plate (286,1)


SAI0038

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s sideonly)This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat hasgrommet holes in it. To install, position the matby placing the floor mat bracket hook throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centering themat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely inthe shade before using them.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

CORROSION PROTECTION


Black plate (287,1)


Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (288,1)


MEMO


Black plate (25,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself


Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

QR25DE engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid. . . . . . . . 8-11Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Rear window wiper blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Brake pad wear indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Battery replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Keyfob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37

Black plate (290,1)


Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the main-tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS”later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Black plate (291,1)


Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Black plate (292,1)


Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface and turning off theengine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “CLEANINGEXTERIOR” in the “7. Appearance and care”

section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.


Black plate (293,1)


When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theselector lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in an

enclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, and enginecoolant and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnesses dis-connected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, we recommend that it be

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Black plate (294,1)


done by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2127

QR25DE ENGINE1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. Air cleaner

4. Engine coolant reservoir

5. Window washer fluid reservoir

6. Drive belt location

7. Engine oil dipstick

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Battery

10. Fuse/fusible link holder

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Black plate (295,1)


SDI2128

Removing the air ductRemove the air duct *A if necessary.

1. Remove the clips *B with a suitable tool.

2. Pull the air duct upward *1 and thensideways *2 .

Install the air duct securely after any inspectionor maintenance work is performed.

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round anti-freezeand coolant protection. The antifreeze solutioncontains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or cool-ant reservoir cap when the engine ishot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in “IF YOUR VEHI-CLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section of this man-ual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

. When adding or replacing coolant,be sure to use only Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent. GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) is pre-diluted to provideantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protec-tion is needed due to weather whereyou operate your vehicle, add Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate follow-ing the directions on the container.If an equivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain minimumantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than Genu-ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent maydamage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any othertype of coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) , including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Black plate (296,1)


ant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. Refer to the Nissan Service andMaintenance Guide for more de-tails.

SDI2100

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap andadd coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level *1 .

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.


Black plate (297,1)


SDI2129

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Change the engine oil and filter according to themaintenance log shown in the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

. Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

. A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

ENGINE OIL


Black plate (298,1)


SDI2120

1. Oil filler cap

2. Oil drain plug

3. Oil filter

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oilfilter change is needed.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filterlocation by removing the small plastic clips.

5. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

9. Install the plastic cover.

10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

11. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, and install the oil fillercap securely.

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil temperatureand drain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstick todetermine the proper amount of oil in theengine.

12. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.


Black plate (299,1)


After the operation1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2will damage the CVT, which is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

For additional brake fluid information, see“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID BRAKE FLUID


Black plate (300,1)


SDI2130

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *1 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *2 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2131Type A

SDI2132Type B

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwindow washer fluid warning light illuminates (ifso equipped).

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap and pour the window washer fluid into thereservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stain

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Black plate (301,1)


the grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

BATTERY


Black plate (302,1)


DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary.) It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the conditions *2 needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “JUMPSTARTING” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (303,1)


SDI2090

1. Alternator

2. Water pump

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unex-pectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or loose, have it

replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS


Black plate (304,1)


SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype spark plugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance log shown in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Donot reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SDI2106

Push the tabs*1 and pull out the filter element*2 .

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops

flame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

AIR CLEANER


Black plate (305,1)


CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A , andmove the wiper blade down the wiper arm*1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Black plate (306,1)


SDI1865

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does not

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES


Black plate (307,1)


affect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

SDI2107

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the air cleaner duct. (See “ENGINECOMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS”earlier in this section.)

4. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder coverusing a suitable tool*1 and pushing the tab*2 .

5. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller locatedin the passenger compartment fuse box.

FUSES


Black plate (308,1)


SDI1753

6. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse *B .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI2133

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover *1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller *2 .


Black plate (309,1)


SDI1753

4. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse *B .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

SDI2134

KEYFOB

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1. Remove the screw.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper part

BATTERY REPLACEMENT


Black plate (310,1)


from the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR1620 or equivalent

. Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.


For Canada:


SDI2451

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.


Black plate (311,1)


2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent

. Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts*1 , and then push them together*2 until itis securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.


For Canada:



Black plate (312,1)


SDI2668

1. Headlight (high-beam)

2. Front turn signal/park/side marker light

3. Front map light

4. Ceiling light

5. Front fog light

6. Headlight (low-beam)

7. High-mounted stop light

8. Cargo light

9. License plate light

10. Back-up light

11. Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker light)

12. Rear turn signal light

LIGHTS


Black plate (313,1)


HEADLIGHTS

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing

Xenon headlight model:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer. For additional information, see“HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled:

Low beam:Wattage: 35Bulb no.: D2R

High beam:Wattage: 60Bulb no.: HB3

Halogen headlight model:

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance.

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

. Aiming is not necessary after repla-cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-

ment is necessary, contact aNISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled:

Low beam:Wattage: 55Bulb no.: H11

High beam:Wattage: 60Bulb no.: HB3


Black plate (314,1)


SDI2137

Disconnect the battery negative cable beforereplacing bulbs.

*A High-beam bulb

*B Low-beam bulb

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal/parking/side marker light 27/8 S25

Front fog light (if so equipped) 35 H8

Rear combination light

back-up 18 W16W

turn signal 21 W21W

stop/tail/side marker 21/5 W21/5W

License plate light 5 W5W

Front map light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Cargo light 8 —

Glove box light* 3.4 —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.


Black plate (315,1)


SDI2306

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SDI2141Front turn signal/park/side marker light

(Halogen headlight model)

Xenon headlight model: See a NISSAN dealerfor replacement.

Halogen headlight model: Remove the bulb asillustrated.

SDI2170Front fog light


Black plate (316,1)


SDI2138Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker/turn)

Open the lift gate to remove the rear combina-tion light assembly.

*A : Clip

SDI2139Back-up light

Open the lift gate to remove the back-up lightassembly. One screw is located behind thecover on the lift gate.

SDI2140License plate light

The license plate light bulb can be accessed byremoving the cover on the inside of the lift gate.


Black plate (317,1)


SDI2030Front map light

SDI1499ACeiling light

SDI1500BCargo light

SDI2032Vanity mirror light

If you have a flat tire, see “FLAT TIRE” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if soequipped) appears on the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tire

WHEELS AND TIRES


Black plate (318,1)


pressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-

bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capa-city may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.


Black plate (319,1)


SDI2340

Tire and Loading Information label

*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “VEHICLELOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information”section.

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “TIRE LABELING”later in this section.

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)


Black plate (320,1)


SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from the

tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/70-R16 99H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/60-R17 98H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/55-R18 97V

230 kPa,33 PSI*1260 kPa,38 PSI*2

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/70-R16 99H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/60-R17 98H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/55-R18 97V

230 kPa,33 PSI*1260 kPa,38 PSI*2

SPARETIRE

Original tire

230 kPa,33 PSI*1260 kPa,38 PSI*2

T155/90-D16

420 kPa,60 PSI

*1: 2WD

*2: AWD


Black plate (321,1)


SDI1575Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.


Black plate (322,1)


SDI1607Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installedtire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.


Black plate (323,1)


TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed.

Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and dif-ferential gears.


Black plate (324,1)


. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction and treadpattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

NISSAN recommends using the follow-ing tire cables made by Peerless ChainCompany for this vehicle due to limitedtire clearance. Call 800-533-8056 toorder tire chains for your vehicle.

. 215/70R16 - Sno-trac1000 part num-ber 0103855 with chain tightenerpart number 2007020

. 225/60R17, 225/55R18 - Sno-trac1000 part number 0103855 withchain tightener part number2007190

Failure to use the correct tractiondevice will cause damage to the brakes,suspension or other vehicle parts.

The tire chain part numbers and Peerless ChainCompany phone number are correct at the timeof printing that is shown on the back cover ofthis Owner’s Manual. Always confirm the correctpart numbers with Peerless Chain Companybefore ordering.

Only use other types of traction devices if thetraction device manufacturer recommends it foruse on your specific vehicle and the tire andwheel installed on your vehicle.

Use of traction devices may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing traction devices. When instal-ling traction devices, make sure they are theproper size for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the traction device man-ufacturer’s suggestions. When using tractiondevices, avoid fully loading your vehicle anddrive at reduced speeds. Failure to do so maycause damage to the brakes and suspensionand adversely affect handling and performance.

Traction devices must be installed only onthe front wheels and not on the rearwheels.

Do not drive with traction devices on pavedroads that are clear of snow. Driving withtraction devices in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

CAUTION

. Do not use traction devices on dryroads.

. Never install traction devices on a T-type spare tire as doing so coulddamage the brakes, suspension orother vehicle parts.


Black plate (325,1)


SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “FLATTIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tire orany other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator

2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When


Black plate (326,1)


wear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “SPECIFICA-TIONS” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section ofthis manual for wheel off-set dimen-sions.



. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.


Black plate (327,1)


CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “CLEANING EXTERIOR” in the “7. Ap-pearance and care” section for details about

care of the wheels.

Spare tireWhen a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,otherwise your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emergencyuse. It should be replaced with thestandard tire at the first opportunityto avoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar). Always keep the pressureof the full size spare tire (if so

equipped) at the recommendedpressure for standard tires, as in-dicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front (original) tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

. Do not tow a trailer while theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireis installed.


Black plate (328,1)


CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance isreduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.


Black plate (329,1)


MEMO


Black plate (330,1)


MEMO


Black plate (28,1)

9 Technical and consumer information


Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . . . . 9-9Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Except for Krom models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11For Krom models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Loading tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Towing a trailer (except for Krom models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Maximum load limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test. . . . . . 9-28Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-30

In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

Black plate (332,1)


The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 15-7/8 gal 13-1/4 gal 60 See “FUEL RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2. Viscosity SAE 5W-30Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoir 7-3/4 qt 6-3/8 qt 7.3Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 3/4 qt 5/8 qt 0.75

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*3

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90*4

Transfer oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90

Brake fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*2: For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.*3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.*6: For additional information, see “VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Black plate (333,1)


FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission control system

and vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.

(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSANvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experiencedafter using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Black plate (334,1)


pumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have a NISSAN dealer correctthe condition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or engine

damage. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

CAUTION

. Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designed forE-85 fuel can damage fuel systemcomponents and is not covered bythe NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

. E-85 is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.


Black plate (335,1)


STI0505

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” earlier in this section. NISSANrecommends the use of an energy conserving oilin order to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using an engine oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or exceed-ing recommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals depend


Black plate (336,1)


upon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. towing a trailer

. stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditioner

system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.


Black plate (337,1)


ENGINE

Model QR25DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.5 6 3.9 (89.0 6 100.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.82 (2,488)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional

16 6 6-1/2JJ

1.57 (40)17 6 7J

18 6 7J

SpareConventional 1.57 (40)

16 6 4T 1.18 (30)

Tire

Type SizePressure PSI(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P215/70R1699H

33 (230)P225/60R1798H

P225/55R1897V

33 (230)*138 (260)*2

Spare

T155/90D16 60 (420)

Conventional33 (230)

38 (260)*3

*1: 2WD

*2: AWD

*3: AWD (P225/55R18 97V)

SPECIFICATIONS


Black plate (338,1)


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 183.3 (4,655)*1183.9 (4,670)*2184.3 (4,680)*1, *3184.4 (4,685)*2, *3

Overall width in (mm) 70.9 (1,800)

Overall height in (mm) 65.3 (1,658)66.3 (1,683)*4

Front tread in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)

Rear tread in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)

Wheelbase in (mm) 105.9 (2,690)

Gross VehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. orC.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel on the driver’sside center pillar.

Gross AxleWeight Rating(GAWR)

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: Without front license plate bracket

*2: With front license plate bracket

*3: Krom models

*4: With roof rail

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

STI0457

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Black plate (339,1)


STI0553

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

SDI2121

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.


Black plate (340,1)


STI0554

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0494

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asillustrated.

STI0555

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.


Black plate (341,1)


STI0599

EXCEPT FOR Krom MODELS

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketby aligning the lower part *A of it with thelines *B on the bumper.

2. Mark the pilot hole points with a felt-tip penthrough the holes of the license platebracket.

3. Remove the license plate bracket.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in(10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations. (Besure that the drill only goes through thefascia, or damage to the nut mayoccur.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Black plate (342,1)


6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 908 turn onto the part*C .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that are nolonger than 0.55 in (14 mm).

STI0677


Black plate (343,1)


FOR Krom MODELS

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning points*A of the front bumperfascia with holes *B in the license platebracket.

3. Confirm that points*A and*B are aligned.

4. Remove the license plate bracket.

5. Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes *Ausing a 0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at themarked locations. (Be sure that the drillonly goes through the fascia, or da-mage to the nut may occur.)

6. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

7. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add a 908 turn onto thepart *C .

8. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

9. Install the license plate bracket with thescrews.

10. Install the license plate with bolts that arenot longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


Black plate (344,1)


. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle isused to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the followingillustration.


Black plate (345,1)


STI0445

Steps for determining correct load limit1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.


Black plate (346,1)


6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS”later in this section.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

SIC3504

SECURING THE LOAD

There are tie down hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The tie down hooks can be usedto secure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22

lb. (98 N) to a single hook*A or 7 lb. (31 N)to a single hook*B (if so equipped) whensecuring cargo.

WARNING


. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehicle han-dles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.


Black plate (347,1)


LOADING TIPS

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle and

the tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failure,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR). These ratings are givenon the vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the ratings.

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500 miles (800 km).Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of yourvehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places additionalloads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-ing, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is availableon the website at www.nissanusa.com. Thisguide includes information on trailer towingcapability and the special equipment required

TOWING A TRAILER (except forKrom models)


Black plate (348,1)


for proper towing.

For Krom models:

Do not attach the towing equipment to Krommodels. The equipment will contact the exhaustpipes located on the rear center of the vehicle.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greaterthan these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may have tobe reduced on very steep grades or for lowtraction situations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

outside temperatures on graded roads canaffect engine performance and cause overheat-ing. The transmission high fluid temperatureprotection mode, which helps reduce thechance of transmission damage, could activateand automatically decrease engine power.Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If the vehicle cannotmaintain a safe driving speed, pull tothe side of the road in a safe area.Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. See “IF YOUR VEHI-CLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.


Black plate (349,1)


CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impro-per towing procedures are not coveredby NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load between10 to 15% of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing “Towing Load/Specification” chart. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The GVW equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear GAW mustnot exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options


Black plate (350,1)


required to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, suchas the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicleand reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, FrontGAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measuredusing platform type scales commonly found attruck stops, highway weigh stations, buildingsupply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity fortongue load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are normallyin the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity, usethe following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chart found

later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when it istowed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is notmore than the Gross Trailer Weight Ratingshown on the trailer and is not more than thecalculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scaleto make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight are not more than FrontGross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weighton the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the specifiedratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -4,233 lb. (1,920 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -5,136 lb. (2,329 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-ing Load/Specification” chart - 1,000 lb.(453 kg).

4,233 lb. (1,920 kg) GVWR

− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg) GVW

= 100 lb. (45 kg)Available for tongue

weight

5,136 lb. (2,329 kg) GCWR

− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg) GVW

= 1,003 lb. (455 kg)Capacity available for

towing

100 lb. (45 kg) / Available tongue weight

1,003 lb. (455 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight


Black plate (351,1)


The available towing capacity may be less thanthe maximum towing capacity due to thepassenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrange thecargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do notexceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-tion even if the calculated available tongueweight is greater than 15%. If the calculatedtongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the available tongueweight.

Always verify that available capacities are withinthe required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

Model: CVT With manual mode Without manual mode

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 1,500 (680) 1,000 (453)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 150 (68)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING(GCWR)

5,636 (2,556) 5,136 (2,329)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes.2: Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed

sway control device for your trailer.


Black plate (352,1)


TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchChoose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure thetrailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle tohelp avoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, rough roadsurfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on top of the ball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16@ smaller than the holein the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffetingcaused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be used tohelp control these affects. If you choose to useone, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier tomake sure the sway control device will work withthe vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brakesystem. Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using the swaycontrol device.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg).

CAUTION

. The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the im-pact-absorbing bumper.

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to installa trailer hitch.

. To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practi-cal, remove the hitch and/or recei-

ver when not in use. After the hitchis removed, seal the bolt holes toprevent exhaust fumes, water ordust from entering the passengercompartment.

. Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressures. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle

tires to the recommended cold tire pressureindicated on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

. Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tire manu-facturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsAlways use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safetychains can be attached to the bumper if thehitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chains to permitturning corners.


Black plate (353,1)


Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehiclebattery as a direct power source for alltrailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stoplight and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. The module/con-verter must draw no more than 15milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer dealer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer orreputable trailer dealer.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has anabnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;check for improper tongue load, overload,worn suspension or other possible causesof either condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of gravitylow.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,

install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

. Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability, and brakingperformance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles that aretowing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections and


Black plate (354,1)


back up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blockingthe wheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage could oc-cur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhillside of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocksabsorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:


2. Start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer areclear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

. When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When going up a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

. If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal toallow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions allow.This combination will help stabilize thevehicle.

— Do not correct trailer sway by steering orapplying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently applythe brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in this section.


Black plate (355,1)


. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

. Down shift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

. Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after50 miles (80 km) of travel and at everybreak.

. When stopped in traffic for long periods of

time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P(Park) position.

. When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tail pipe orrear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any continuously vari-able transmission vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGEinternal transmission parts due tolack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing somay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “TOWING RECOMMENDEDBY NISSAN (except for Krom mod-els)” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equipped with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT), an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dolly


Black plate (356,1)


manufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half(1 1/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Black plate (357,1)


loading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN. If youdid not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


Black plate (358,1)


For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform Transport Canada in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSANconduct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot become involvedin individual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Division tollfree at 1-800-333-0510. You may alsoreport safety defects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)should never be tested using a two wheeldynamometer (such as the dynamometers usedby some states for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


Black plate (359,1)


“ready”.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g. name,gender, age and crash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as law enforce-

ment, could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


Black plate (360,1)


Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. This manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at a NISSANdealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals contact:

1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior please contact a NISSANdealer. For the phone number and location of aNISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSANInformation Center at 1-800-387-0122 and abilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important informa-

tion you should know.

Many insurance companies routinely authorizethe use of non-genuine collision parts in order tocut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine NISSANCollision Parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to NISSAN’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution is simple.Tell your insurance agent and your repairshop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warrantyapply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limitunnecessary excess wear and tear expenses atthe end of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built-in safeguards. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


Black plate (1,1)

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Aiming control, Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Air bag system

Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . 1-44Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . 1-47

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50, 2-14Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Air conditioner service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19, 9-6

Alarm, How to stop alarm(see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . 2-11Appearance care

Exterior appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Audio setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Automatic

Air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Average speed (MPH or km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

B

Back door (See lift gate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Battery replacement, Keyfob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Keyfob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Belts (See drive belts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning. . . . . . . . . 4-53Ceiling light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Chimes, Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-5Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24, 2-39Clock (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Compact Disc (CD) player(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35, 4-41, 4-48Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Console box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Control panel buttons — color screen withnavigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Model "MASTER" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 4

Black plate (2,1)

10-2

Controls, Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . 4-54Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Cover, Cargo cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41CVT, Driving with CVT(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . 5-11, 5-13

D

Daytime running light system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Distance (miles or km). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-13On-pavement and off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

E

Economy, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Electric power steering warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-5Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Filter

Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . 2-36Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

FluidBrake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40, 4-46Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . 1-44Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front-seat active head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Fuel octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20


Black plate (3,1)

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

H

Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth®. . . . . . . . . . 4-57Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Headlights

Aiming control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Heater

Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Heater and air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . 4-13

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Hood release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Hook

Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Utility hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37How to use the back button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

How to use the setup button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

I

Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Remote keyless operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52iPod® connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44, 4-51ISOFIX child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

K

Keyless entry(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . 9-9Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-31, 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . 9-11Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Ceiling light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . 8-26Loading information(See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Lock

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

10-3


Black plate (4,1)

10-4

Lift gate lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Low tire pressure warning system (See tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Luggage floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Luggage side box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

M

MaintenanceBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Manual air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Master warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Meter, Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Mirror

Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Monitor, Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

N

Navigation setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6New vehicle break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

O

Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Operation, Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Overheat, If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

P

Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 3-18Parking

Brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

PhoneBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . 4-57Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

PowerElectric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

PrecautionsAudio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Driving safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37When starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

R

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

Range (distance to empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . 3-6Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31


Black plate (5,1)

Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Recorders, Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Registering your vehicle in another country. . . . . . . . 9-8Remote keyless entry function, For IntelligentKey system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Roof

Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

S

SafetyChild seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Satellite radio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40, 4-47Seat adjustment

Folding front passenger’s seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Seat belt hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Seat(s)Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Security system, Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . 2-26Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Selector lever, Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24SHIFT “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Shift lock release

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Shifting

CVT (Continuously VariableTransmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-13

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Small light indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Sonar system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39, 9-7Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44

SteeringElectric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Steering wheel switch for audio controls . . . . 4-54Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . 1-50, 2-14Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

SwitchAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Audio control steering wheel switch . . . . . . . . . 4-54Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Headlight aiming control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-38

System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

10-5


Black plate (6,1)

10-6

Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Tires

Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-31, 9-10Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Towing

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Traffic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Transceiver, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-13Transmission selector lever lock release . . . . . 5-16

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system). . . . 3-6Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

U

Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26USB memory operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43, 4-50Utility hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

V

Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Vehicle

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-38Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . . . . 5-28

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Voice command(Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System). . . . . . . . . 4-63

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . 1-50Warning light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50, 2-14All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light . . . . . . . . . 2-10Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Electric power steering warning light . . . . . . . . 2-12Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Warranty, Emission control system warranty. . . . . 9-27Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-30Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-29

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Care of wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12


Black plate (7,1)

Window(s)Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-30Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-29Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

X

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31XM setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

10-7

Black plate (2,1)


FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

For additional information, see “CAPACITIESAND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for engine oil andoil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this Owner’sManual. Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

2011 Nissan Rogue

Documents

Transcript of 2011 Nissan Rogue